1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
79 /* readline defines this. */
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
93 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
95 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
97 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
99 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
101 static void disable_command (char *, int);
103 static void enable_command (char *, int);
105 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
109 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
111 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
113 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
115 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
116 struct linespec_result
*,
120 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
121 struct linespec_result
*,
122 struct linespec_sals
*,
123 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
124 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
126 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
127 int, int, int, unsigned);
129 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
130 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
132 static void clear_command (char *, int);
134 static void catch_command (char *, int);
136 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
138 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
140 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
142 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
144 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
145 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
146 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
148 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
150 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
151 struct symtab_and_line
,
153 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
155 static struct breakpoint
*
156 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
158 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
160 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
162 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
166 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
167 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
168 struct obj_section
*, int);
170 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
172 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
175 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
176 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
178 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
179 struct address_space
*aspace
,
182 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
184 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
186 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
187 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
189 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
191 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
193 static void commands_command (char *, int);
195 static void condition_command (char *, int);
204 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
205 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
207 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
209 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
211 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
213 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
215 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
217 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
219 int *other_type_used
);
221 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
223 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
225 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
228 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
230 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
232 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
234 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
236 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
238 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
241 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
242 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
243 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
245 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
247 static void update_global_location_list (int);
249 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
251 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
253 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
255 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
257 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
259 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
261 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
263 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
265 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
267 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
269 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
271 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
273 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
276 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
278 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
280 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
282 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
283 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
284 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
285 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
287 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
288 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
290 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
291 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
293 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
294 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
296 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
298 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
300 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
301 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
303 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
304 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
306 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
307 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
308 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
309 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
310 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
311 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
313 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
314 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
315 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
316 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
322 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
324 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
325 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
326 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
327 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
329 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
331 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
332 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
333 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
334 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
335 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
336 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
337 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
339 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
341 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
343 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
345 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
346 breakpoints share a single command list. */
347 struct counted_command_line
349 /* The reference count. */
352 /* The command list. */
353 struct command_line
*commands
;
356 struct command_line
*
357 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
359 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
362 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
363 current breakpoint. */
365 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
368 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
370 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
371 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
373 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
375 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
378 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
379 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
380 if such is available. */
381 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
384 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
385 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
388 fprintf_filtered (file
,
389 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
390 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
394 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
395 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
396 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
397 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
398 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
400 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
401 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
404 fprintf_filtered (file
,
405 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
406 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
410 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
411 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
412 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
413 use hardware breakpoints. */
414 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
416 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
417 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
420 fprintf_filtered (file
,
421 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
425 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
426 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
427 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
428 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
429 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
431 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
434 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
435 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
437 if (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
)
438 fprintf_filtered (file
,
439 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
440 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
442 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
444 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
449 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
451 return (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
452 || (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
&& non_stop
));
455 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
457 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
458 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
459 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
460 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
461 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
462 condition_evaluation_auto
,
463 condition_evaluation_host
,
464 condition_evaluation_target
,
468 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
469 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
471 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
472 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
473 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
475 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
476 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
477 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
481 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
483 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
485 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
486 return condition_evaluation_target
;
488 return condition_evaluation_host
;
494 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
497 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
499 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
502 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
506 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
508 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
510 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
513 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
515 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
516 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
518 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
519 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
521 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
522 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
524 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
525 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
526 current breakpoint. */
528 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
530 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
531 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
532 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
535 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
536 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
537 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
539 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
540 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
541 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
544 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
545 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
546 to where the loop should start from.
547 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
548 appropriate location to start with. */
550 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
551 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
552 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
554 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
555 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
558 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
560 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
561 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
562 if (is_tracepoint (B))
564 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
566 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
568 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
570 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
572 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
574 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
576 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
577 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
578 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
579 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
580 an address you need to read. */
582 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
584 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
585 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
586 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
587 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
588 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
590 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
592 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
593 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
595 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
597 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
599 static int breakpoint_count
;
601 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
602 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
603 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
604 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
605 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
607 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
609 static int tracepoint_count
;
611 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
612 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
613 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
615 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
617 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
619 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
622 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
625 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
627 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
628 breakpoint_count
= num
;
629 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
632 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
633 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
634 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
636 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
640 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
642 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
645 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
649 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
651 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
654 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
657 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
659 struct breakpoint
*b
;
665 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
666 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
668 static struct counted_command_line
*
669 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
671 struct counted_command_line
*result
672 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
675 result
->commands
= commands
;
679 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
682 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
688 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
689 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
690 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
693 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
697 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
699 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
706 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
709 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
711 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
714 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
717 static struct cleanup
*
718 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
720 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
724 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
725 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
728 get_breakpoint (int num
)
730 struct breakpoint
*b
;
733 if (b
->number
== num
)
741 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
742 evaluating conditions on its side. */
745 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
747 struct bp_location
*loc
;
749 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
750 evaluating conditions and if the user has
751 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
753 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
754 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
757 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
760 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
761 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
764 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
765 evaluating conditions on its side. */
768 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
770 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
771 evaluating conditions and if the user has
772 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
774 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
775 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
779 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
782 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
785 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
786 condition_evaluation_mode. */
789 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
790 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
792 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
794 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
795 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
797 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
798 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
799 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
803 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
804 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
806 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
807 settings was "auto". */
808 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
810 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
811 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
813 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
814 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
815 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
817 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
818 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
821 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
823 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
825 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
826 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
830 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
831 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
832 target knows about. */
833 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
834 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
835 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
839 update_global_location_list (1);
845 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
846 what "auto" is translating to. */
849 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
850 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
852 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
853 fprintf_filtered (file
,
854 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
855 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
857 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
859 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
863 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
864 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
865 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
868 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
870 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
871 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
873 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
876 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
879 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
880 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
881 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
884 static struct bp_location
**
885 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
887 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
888 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
889 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
891 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
892 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
893 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
895 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
896 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
897 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
898 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
900 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
901 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
904 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
905 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
906 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
907 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
914 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
917 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
918 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
920 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
922 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
929 struct bp_location
*loc
;
931 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
936 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
937 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
938 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
945 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
949 const char *arg
= exp
;
951 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
952 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
953 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
954 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
956 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
958 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
960 innermost_block
= NULL
;
962 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
964 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
965 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
969 struct bp_location
*loc
;
971 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
975 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
976 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
978 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
982 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
984 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
987 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
989 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
990 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
991 const char *text
, const char *word
)
995 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
996 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1000 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1001 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1005 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1006 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1008 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1011 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1012 len
= strlen (text
);
1016 int single
= b
->loc
->next
== NULL
;
1017 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1020 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1025 xsnprintf (location
, sizeof (location
), "%d", b
->number
);
1027 xsnprintf (location
, sizeof (location
), "%d.%d", b
->number
,
1030 if (strncmp (location
, text
, len
) == 0)
1031 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (location
));
1040 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1041 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1042 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1045 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1048 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1050 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1055 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1058 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1060 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1063 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1065 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1066 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1067 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1068 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1070 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b
->py_bp_object
))
1071 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1072 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1073 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1075 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1076 update_global_location_list (1);
1081 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1084 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1085 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1086 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1089 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1091 struct command_line
*c
;
1093 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1097 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1098 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1099 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1101 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1102 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1104 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1105 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1106 command directly. */
1107 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1108 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1110 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1111 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1115 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1118 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1120 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1121 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1122 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1126 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1128 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1131 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1132 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1136 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1137 struct command_line
*commands
)
1139 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1141 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1142 struct command_line
*c
;
1143 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1145 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1146 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1150 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1151 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1152 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1153 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1154 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1155 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1156 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1157 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1158 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1159 tracepoint's context. */
1160 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1162 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1164 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1165 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1166 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1167 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1168 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1169 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1172 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1173 "can be used only once"));
1178 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1182 struct command_line
*c2
;
1184 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1185 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1186 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1188 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1189 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1195 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1199 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1200 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1203 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1205 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1206 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1207 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1210 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1212 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1213 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1214 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1220 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1221 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1224 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1225 struct command_line
*commands
)
1227 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1229 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1230 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1231 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1234 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1235 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1239 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1241 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1244 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1245 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1248 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1249 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1252 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1254 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1257 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1258 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1261 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1262 breakpoint work for any task. */
1265 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1267 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1270 if (old_task
!= task
)
1271 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1275 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1277 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1279 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1282 /* A structure used to pass information through
1283 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1285 struct commands_info
1287 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1290 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1293 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1294 already-parsed command. */
1295 struct command_line
*control
;
1297 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1299 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1302 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1303 commands_command. */
1306 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1308 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1310 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1312 struct command_line
*l
;
1314 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1315 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1318 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1321 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1322 "%s, one per line."),
1325 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1327 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1330 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1333 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1336 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1339 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1341 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1343 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1344 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1345 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1346 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1347 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1352 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1353 struct command_line
*control
)
1355 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1356 struct commands_info info
;
1358 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1359 info
.control
= control
;
1361 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1362 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1363 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1365 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1367 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1368 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1370 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1371 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1374 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1375 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1376 numbers will fail in this case. */
1381 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1383 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1386 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1390 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1392 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1393 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1395 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1399 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1401 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1404 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1405 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1407 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1408 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1409 enum command_control_type
1410 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1412 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1413 return simple_control
;
1416 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1419 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1421 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1425 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1426 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1431 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1432 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1434 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1435 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1436 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1438 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1439 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1440 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1441 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1442 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1443 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1444 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1445 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1447 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1450 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1451 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1452 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1454 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1456 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1458 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1459 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1460 report higher one. */
1463 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1464 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1466 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1468 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1469 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1471 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1472 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1473 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1474 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1476 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1477 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1478 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1480 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1482 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1489 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1490 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1491 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1492 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1493 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1496 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1498 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1499 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1500 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1503 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1506 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1508 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1510 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1511 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1515 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1516 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1517 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1520 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1523 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1524 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1525 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1528 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1530 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1531 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1534 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1536 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1537 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1539 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1540 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1544 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1545 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1549 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1550 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1552 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1553 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1554 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1558 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1560 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1561 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1564 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1566 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1567 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1568 gdb_assert (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1569 || readbuf
>= (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
1570 + bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
));
1572 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1574 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1575 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1579 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= bl
->gdbarch
;
1580 const unsigned char *bp
;
1581 CORE_ADDR placed_address
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1582 int placed_size
= bl
->target_info
.placed_size
;
1584 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1585 memcpy (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1586 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1588 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1590 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &placed_address
, &placed_size
);
1592 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1593 breakpoint's INSN. */
1594 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1600 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1604 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1606 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1607 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1608 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1611 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1614 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1616 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1617 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1618 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1621 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1625 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1627 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1628 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1631 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1632 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1633 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1634 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1635 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1636 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1637 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1638 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1641 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1643 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1644 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1645 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1646 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1649 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1650 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1653 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1655 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1657 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1659 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1660 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1661 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1662 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1663 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1665 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1668 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1669 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1670 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1671 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1673 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1675 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1676 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1679 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1680 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1681 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1682 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1683 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1684 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1685 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1686 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1688 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1689 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1690 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1691 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1692 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1693 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1694 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1695 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1698 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1699 hardware watchpoints:
1701 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1702 called several times when GDB stops.
1705 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1706 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1707 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1708 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1709 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1710 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1711 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1712 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1713 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1714 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1715 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1717 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1718 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1721 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1723 int within_current_scope
;
1724 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1727 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1728 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1729 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1730 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1733 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1738 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1739 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1740 within_current_scope
= 1;
1743 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1744 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1745 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1747 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1748 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1749 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1750 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1753 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1754 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1755 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1756 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1759 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1761 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1762 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1763 if (within_current_scope
)
1767 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1768 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1769 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1772 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1781 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1782 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1783 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1784 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1785 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1786 be completely different objects. */
1787 value_free (b
->val
);
1791 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1792 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1793 locations (re)created below. */
1794 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1796 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1798 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1802 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1803 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1807 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1808 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1809 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1810 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1811 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1812 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1814 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1815 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1816 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1818 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1821 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1822 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1824 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1826 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1827 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1828 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1829 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1830 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1832 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1838 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1840 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1841 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1843 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1844 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1845 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1846 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1847 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1848 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1849 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1851 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1853 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1854 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1855 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1857 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1858 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1862 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1864 addr
= value_address (v
);
1866 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1868 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1871 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1872 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1875 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1877 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1878 loc
->address
= addr
;
1879 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1880 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1885 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1886 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1887 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1892 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1893 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1895 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1899 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1902 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1903 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1904 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1906 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1907 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1908 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1909 this watchpoint in as well. */
1911 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1912 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1913 hardware watchpoint type. */
1914 type
= b
->base
.type
;
1915 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1916 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1918 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1919 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1920 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1921 through watch_command), so always account for it
1924 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1925 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1927 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1928 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
1931 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1932 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1934 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
1936 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1937 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1938 "hardware watchpoint."));
1939 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1940 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1941 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1943 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1944 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1948 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1949 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1950 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1952 b
->base
.type
= type
;
1955 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1956 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1957 "read/access watchpoint."));
1959 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1961 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1962 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1963 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1964 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1967 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1969 next
= value_next (v
);
1974 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1975 above left it without any location set up. But,
1976 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1977 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1978 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
1980 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
1981 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
1982 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1983 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
1984 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
1985 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1988 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1990 printf_filtered (_("\
1991 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1992 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1994 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1997 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1999 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2003 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2004 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2005 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2006 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2007 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2009 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2011 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2014 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2017 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2020 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2023 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2024 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2025 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2026 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2027 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2028 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2029 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2030 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2031 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2037 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2038 that the location is not duplicated. */
2041 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2044 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2047 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2048 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2052 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2053 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2054 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2055 any error during parsing. */
2057 static struct agent_expr
*
2058 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2060 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2061 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2066 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2067 that may show up. */
2068 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2070 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2075 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2076 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2077 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2081 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2085 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2086 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2087 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2088 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2089 one of them is true. */
2092 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2094 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2095 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2096 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2097 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2099 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2100 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2101 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2103 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2104 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2107 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2108 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2109 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2110 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2111 response back to GDB. */
2112 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2115 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2119 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2121 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2122 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2123 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2124 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2125 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2126 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2128 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2129 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2135 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2136 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2137 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2139 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2145 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2146 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2147 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2149 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2150 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2151 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2153 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2156 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2158 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2160 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2163 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2164 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2169 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2170 for this location's address. */
2171 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2175 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2176 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2177 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2179 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2180 conditions to the target. */
2181 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2182 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2188 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2189 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2190 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2192 static struct agent_expr
*
2193 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2195 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2196 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2197 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2198 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2199 const char *cmdrest
;
2200 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2201 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2203 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2210 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2212 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2214 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2215 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2217 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2219 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2221 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2223 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2225 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2226 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2228 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2230 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2231 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2233 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2235 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2237 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2239 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2240 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2243 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2248 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2249 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2251 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2255 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2256 that may show up. */
2257 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2259 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2260 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2261 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2266 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2267 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2268 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2272 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2274 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2278 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2279 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2280 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2283 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2285 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2286 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2287 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2288 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2290 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2291 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
2292 || strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
2295 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2298 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2299 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2300 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2301 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2302 response back to GDB. */
2303 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2306 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2310 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2312 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2313 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2314 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2315 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2316 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2317 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2318 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2324 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2325 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2326 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2328 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2334 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2336 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2338 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2341 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2342 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2344 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2346 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2349 free_agent_expr (loc
->cmd_bytecode
);
2350 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= NULL
;
2355 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2356 for this location's address. */
2357 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2360 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2361 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2362 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2363 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2365 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2366 to send the commands to the target. */
2367 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2371 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2372 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2373 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2374 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2377 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2378 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2379 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2380 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2383 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2384 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2386 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2387 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2388 int *disabled_breaks
,
2389 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2390 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2393 char *hw_bp_err_string
= NULL
;
2394 struct gdb_exception e
;
2396 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2399 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2400 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2401 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2402 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2403 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2404 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2405 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2406 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2407 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2408 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
2409 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2410 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2412 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2413 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2414 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2415 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2417 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2419 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2420 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2421 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2422 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2425 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2426 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2428 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2430 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2431 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2432 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2434 Two important cases are:
2435 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2436 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2437 hardware breakpoint.
2438 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2439 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2440 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2443 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2444 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2445 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2446 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2448 struct mem_region
*mr
2449 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
2453 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2455 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2457 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2458 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2460 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2462 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2464 static int said
= 0;
2466 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2469 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2470 _("Note: automatically using "
2471 "hardware breakpoints for "
2472 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2477 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2478 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2479 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2480 "at readonly address %s"),
2481 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2485 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2486 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2487 || bl
->section
== NULL
2488 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2490 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2491 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2493 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2498 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2503 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2504 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2505 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2507 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2508 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2509 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2510 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2511 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2515 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2517 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2518 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2519 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2520 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2521 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2523 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2524 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2525 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2529 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2530 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2532 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2533 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2535 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2540 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2545 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2546 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2553 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2554 if (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2556 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2558 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2559 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2560 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2562 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2563 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2565 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2566 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2567 "library breakpoints:\n");
2569 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2570 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2571 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2575 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2577 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2578 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= hw_bp_err_string
!= NULL
;
2579 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2580 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2581 bl
->owner
->number
, hw_bp_err_string
? ":" : ".\n");
2582 if (hw_bp_err_string
)
2583 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string
);
2587 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2588 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2590 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
2591 "Error accessing memory address ");
2592 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2594 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
2595 safe_strerror (val
));
2606 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2607 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2608 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2609 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2611 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2612 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2614 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2616 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2617 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2618 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2620 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2622 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2623 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2625 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2627 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2628 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2632 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2633 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2640 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2641 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2644 /* Back to the original value. */
2645 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2649 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2652 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2654 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2655 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2657 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2660 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2664 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2665 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2667 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2670 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2672 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2673 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2674 so just return success. */
2681 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2682 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2686 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2688 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2689 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2691 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2692 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2694 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2695 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2698 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2699 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2700 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2702 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2704 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2706 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2707 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2708 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2710 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2711 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2713 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2719 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2720 removed locations above. */
2721 update_global_location_list (0);
2724 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2725 Throws exception on any error.
2726 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2727 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2729 insert_breakpoints (void)
2731 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2733 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2734 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2736 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2738 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2741 update_global_location_list (1);
2743 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2744 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2746 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2747 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2750 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2753 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2755 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2757 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2759 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2763 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2764 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2765 always-inserted mode. */
2768 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2770 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2773 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2774 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2775 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2777 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2778 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2780 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2781 there was an error. */
2782 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2784 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2786 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2788 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2790 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2793 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2794 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2795 deletion of breakpoints. */
2796 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2799 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2801 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2802 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2803 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2804 insert breakpoints. */
2805 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2806 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2809 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2810 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2817 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2818 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2821 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2824 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2827 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2829 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2830 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2833 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2834 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2835 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2837 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2838 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2840 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2841 there was an error. */
2842 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2844 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2846 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2848 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2851 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2852 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2853 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2854 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2855 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2858 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2860 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2861 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2862 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2863 insert breakpoints. */
2864 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2865 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2868 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2869 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2874 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2875 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2876 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2878 int some_failed
= 0;
2879 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2881 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2884 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2887 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2890 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2891 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2898 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2900 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
2902 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2903 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2904 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2912 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2913 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2914 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2916 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2917 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2918 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2920 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2921 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2924 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2927 /* Used when the program stops.
2928 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2929 removing a breakpoint location. */
2932 remove_breakpoints (void)
2934 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2937 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2939 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
2940 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2945 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2948 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
2950 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2952 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2954 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2956 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2959 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
2964 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2973 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2975 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2976 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2978 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
2979 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
2980 struct inferior
*inf
;
2981 struct thread_info
*tp
;
2983 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
2987 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2988 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2990 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
2992 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2993 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2995 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2997 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3003 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3006 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3011 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3015 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3017 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3018 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3019 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3020 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3021 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3022 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3024 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3027 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3030 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3031 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3035 static struct breakpoint
*
3036 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3037 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3038 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3040 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3041 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3043 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3046 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3047 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3049 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3050 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3051 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3056 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3058 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3060 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3062 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3063 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3065 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3066 struct minimal_symbol
*overlay_msym
;
3068 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3069 struct minimal_symbol
*longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3071 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3072 int longjmp_searched
;
3074 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3075 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3077 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3078 struct minimal_symbol
*terminate_msym
;
3080 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3081 struct minimal_symbol
*exception_msym
;
3083 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3084 int exception_searched
;
3086 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3087 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3090 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3092 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3093 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3095 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3098 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3100 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3103 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3104 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3106 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3107 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3109 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3111 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3112 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3114 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3115 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3117 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3118 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3120 return bp_objfile_data
;
3124 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3126 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3128 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3129 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3133 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3135 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3136 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3138 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3140 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3141 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3144 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3146 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
))
3149 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
== NULL
)
3151 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3153 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3156 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3157 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3160 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3163 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3164 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3166 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3167 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3169 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3171 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3172 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3176 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3177 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3180 update_global_location_list (1);
3184 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3186 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3187 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3189 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3191 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3193 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3195 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3197 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3200 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3201 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3203 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3204 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3207 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3209 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3211 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
3212 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3213 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3216 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3219 struct probe
*probe
;
3220 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3223 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3224 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3228 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3230 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3232 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3233 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3234 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3240 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3242 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3243 const char *func_name
;
3246 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]))
3249 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3250 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] == NULL
)
3252 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3254 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3257 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3258 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = &msym_not_found
;
3261 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3264 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3265 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3266 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3267 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3268 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3272 update_global_location_list (1);
3274 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3277 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3279 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3281 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3282 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3283 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3285 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3287 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3289 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3292 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3294 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3296 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3297 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3299 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3301 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
))
3304 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
== NULL
)
3306 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3308 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3309 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
3310 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
3312 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3313 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3316 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3319 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3320 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3321 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3322 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3323 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3324 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3328 update_global_location_list (1);
3330 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3333 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3336 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3338 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3339 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3341 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3343 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3344 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3345 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3348 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3350 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3351 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3353 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
3354 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3355 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3358 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3360 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3362 struct probe
*probe
;
3365 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3366 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3370 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3372 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3373 bp_exception_master
,
3374 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3375 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3376 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3382 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3384 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
))
3387 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3389 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
== NULL
)
3391 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
3393 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3394 if (debug_hook
== NULL
)
3396 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3400 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3403 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3404 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3406 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3407 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3408 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3409 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3412 update_global_location_list (1);
3416 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3418 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3419 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3421 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3422 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3423 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3424 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3425 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3426 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3427 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3428 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3429 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3430 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3431 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3433 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3435 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3438 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3439 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3441 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3445 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3446 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3448 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3452 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3453 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3454 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3455 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3456 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3458 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3462 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3463 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3465 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3469 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3471 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3472 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3473 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3475 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3479 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3481 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3482 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3483 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3484 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3488 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3489 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3490 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3491 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3492 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3493 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3495 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3496 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3497 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3498 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3499 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3500 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3501 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3503 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3504 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3505 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3506 let finish_command delete it.
3508 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3509 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3510 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3511 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3512 solib breakpoints.) */
3514 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3519 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3520 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3522 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3524 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3528 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3529 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3530 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3531 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3532 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3536 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3538 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3540 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3541 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3543 if (PIDGET (ptid
) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
3544 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3546 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3547 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3548 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3550 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3554 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3557 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3558 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3560 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3564 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3565 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3566 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3567 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3568 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3571 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3575 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3576 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3578 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3579 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3582 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3583 This should not ever happen. */
3584 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3586 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3587 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3589 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3590 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3591 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3593 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3594 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3595 || bl
->section
== NULL
3596 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3598 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3599 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3603 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3604 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3605 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3607 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3608 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3610 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3611 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3612 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3613 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3614 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3616 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3617 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3619 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3620 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3623 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3624 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3625 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3626 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3628 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3629 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3630 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3631 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3632 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3633 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3639 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3644 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3645 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3646 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3647 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
3652 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3654 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3656 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3657 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3659 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3660 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3662 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3663 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
3664 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3667 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3668 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3671 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3672 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3674 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3678 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3685 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3688 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3690 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3691 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3693 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3694 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3697 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3698 This should not ever happen. */
3699 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3701 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3703 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3705 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
3707 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3711 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3714 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3716 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3718 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3719 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3723 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3724 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3726 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3729 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3730 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3731 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3736 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3738 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3739 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3741 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3743 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3745 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3748 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3750 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3751 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
3752 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3756 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3758 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3764 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3766 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3767 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3770 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3772 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3774 case bp_shlib_event
:
3776 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3777 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3778 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3779 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3780 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3782 (gdb) file prog-linux
3783 (gdb) run # native linux target
3786 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3787 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3790 case bp_step_resume
:
3792 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3794 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3798 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3799 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3800 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3802 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3804 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3805 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3806 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3807 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
3809 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3810 insert_breakpoints. */
3812 value_free (w
->val
);
3823 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3824 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
3825 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3826 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
3829 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3830 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3831 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3832 match, not program space. */
3834 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3835 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3836 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3837 permanent breakpoint.
3838 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3839 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3840 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3841 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3842 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3844 enum breakpoint_here
3845 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3847 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3848 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3850 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3852 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3853 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3856 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3857 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3858 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3859 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3861 if (overlay_debugging
3862 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3863 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3864 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3865 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3866 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3868 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
3872 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
3875 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3878 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3880 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3883 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3884 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
3890 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3891 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3892 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3893 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3896 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3899 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3901 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3903 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3904 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3908 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3910 if (overlay_debugging
3911 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3912 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3913 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3921 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3922 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3925 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3927 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3930 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3936 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3940 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3943 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3945 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3947 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
3951 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3954 if (overlay_debugging
3955 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3956 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3957 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3963 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3964 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3971 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3972 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
3974 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3976 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3978 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3980 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3981 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
3984 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3987 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3988 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
3992 /* Check for intersection. */
3993 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
3994 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4002 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4003 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4006 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4009 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4010 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4014 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4016 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4017 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4020 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4021 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4022 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4025 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4028 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
4030 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4031 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4032 it is now time to do so. */
4034 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4035 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
4039 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
4041 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4042 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4043 it is now time to do so. */
4045 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
4046 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
4050 if (overlay_debugging
4051 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4052 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4053 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4062 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4066 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4068 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4071 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4075 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4077 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4078 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4079 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4080 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4084 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4085 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4088 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4105 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4106 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4109 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4113 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4118 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4120 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4121 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4122 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4123 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4124 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4126 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4127 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4131 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4141 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4144 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4149 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4151 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4157 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4159 enum bpstat_signal_value
4160 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
)
4162 enum bpstat_signal_value result
= BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO
;
4164 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4166 /* Ensure that, if we ever entered this loop, then we at least
4167 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE. */
4168 enum bpstat_signal_value newval
= BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE
;
4170 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
)
4171 newval
= bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
);
4173 if (newval
> result
)
4180 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4181 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4182 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4183 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4185 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4186 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4188 Return 1 otherwise. */
4191 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4193 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4196 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4198 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4199 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4200 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4201 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4202 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4204 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4206 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4210 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4213 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4215 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4218 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4221 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4225 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4227 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4229 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4231 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4237 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4240 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4242 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4244 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4246 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4247 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4248 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4249 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4250 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4254 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4257 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4260 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4262 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4265 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4266 or its equivalent. */
4269 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4271 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
4272 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
4275 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4276 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4277 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4278 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4280 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4281 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4282 bpstat of the current thread. */
4285 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4288 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4291 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4293 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4296 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4297 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4299 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4301 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4304 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4305 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4307 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4308 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4309 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4311 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4313 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4314 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4315 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4316 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4317 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4318 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4319 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4320 the tree when we're done. */
4321 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4322 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4323 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4324 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4325 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4327 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4333 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4335 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4341 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4342 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4344 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4346 if (target_can_async_p ())
4347 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4348 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4349 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4352 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4353 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4354 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4355 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4356 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4357 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4358 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4359 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4360 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4361 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4362 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4363 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4364 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4369 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4374 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4376 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4378 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4379 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4380 && target_has_execution
4381 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4382 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4383 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4384 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4385 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4386 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4387 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4390 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4393 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4396 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4399 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4402 struct value_print_options opts
;
4403 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4404 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4408 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4409 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4410 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4411 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4414 static enum print_stop_action
4415 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4417 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4420 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4421 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4425 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4426 relevant messages. */
4427 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4430 case print_it_normal
:
4432 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4434 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4435 which has since been deleted. */
4437 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4439 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4440 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4445 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4446 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4451 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4454 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4457 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4459 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4463 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4464 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4465 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4467 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4468 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4469 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4472 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4473 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4474 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4478 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4482 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4483 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4486 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4491 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4492 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4493 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4496 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4501 struct so_list
*iter
;
4503 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4505 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4506 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4509 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4514 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4515 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4516 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4519 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4523 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4524 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4525 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4526 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4527 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4528 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4529 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4532 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4533 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4534 code to print the location. An example is
4535 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4537 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4538 to also print the location part of the message.
4539 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4540 don't require a location appended to the end.
4541 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4542 further info to be printed. */
4544 enum print_stop_action
4545 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4549 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4550 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4551 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4552 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4553 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4555 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4556 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4557 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4558 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4562 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4563 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4564 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4565 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4567 print_solib_event (0);
4568 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4571 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4572 with and nothing was printed. */
4573 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4576 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4577 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4578 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4579 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4582 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4584 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4585 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4587 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4591 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4594 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4598 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4600 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4601 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4602 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4603 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4604 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4605 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4606 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4608 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4612 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4613 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4616 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4618 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4620 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4622 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4624 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4625 as not triggered. */
4627 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4629 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4631 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4637 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4639 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4640 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4642 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4644 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4646 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4649 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
4652 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4653 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4657 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4659 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4660 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4662 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4663 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4665 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4667 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4668 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4670 if (newaddr
== start
)
4672 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4676 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4677 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4681 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4690 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4691 because of check_errors). */
4692 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4693 #define WP_DELETED 1
4694 /* The value has changed. */
4695 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4696 /* The value has not changed. */
4697 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4698 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4701 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4702 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4704 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4707 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4708 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4711 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
4713 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
4714 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4715 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4716 int within_current_scope
;
4718 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4719 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4720 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4722 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4723 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4724 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4725 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4728 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4729 within_current_scope
= 1;
4732 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4733 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4734 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4736 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4737 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4738 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4739 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4740 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4741 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4742 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4743 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4744 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4745 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4748 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4749 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4751 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4752 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4753 if (within_current_scope
)
4755 struct symbol
*function
;
4757 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4758 if (function
== NULL
4759 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4760 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4761 within_current_scope
= 0;
4764 if (within_current_scope
)
4765 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4766 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4771 if (within_current_scope
)
4773 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4774 time before we return to the command level and call
4775 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4776 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4780 struct value
*new_val
;
4782 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
4783 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4784 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4785 a mask watchpoint. */
4786 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4788 mark
= value_mark ();
4789 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
4791 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4792 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4793 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4794 not what we want. */
4795 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4796 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
4798 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4800 release_value (new_val
);
4801 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4803 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4806 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4810 /* Nothing changed. */
4811 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4812 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4817 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4819 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4820 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4821 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4822 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4823 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4824 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4825 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4826 the first value assigned). */
4827 /* We print all the stop information in
4828 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4829 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4830 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4832 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4834 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4835 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
4836 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
4838 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4839 which its expression is valid.\n");
4841 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4842 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
4843 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4849 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4850 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4851 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4854 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4855 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4856 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4858 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4860 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4861 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4863 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4866 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4867 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4870 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4872 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4873 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4875 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4876 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4877 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4878 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4879 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4882 int must_check_value
= 0;
4884 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4885 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4887 must_check_value
= 1;
4888 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
4889 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4890 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4892 must_check_value
= 1;
4893 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
4894 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
4895 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4896 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4897 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4898 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4899 must_check_value
= 1;
4901 if (must_check_value
)
4904 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4906 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
4907 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
4909 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
4913 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4914 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4918 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4921 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4922 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
4924 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4926 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4927 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4928 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4929 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4930 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4931 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4932 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4935 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4936 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4939 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4940 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4941 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4942 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4944 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4945 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4946 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4949 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4950 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4951 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4952 changes. This still gives false positives when
4953 the program writes the same value to memory as
4954 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4955 it for a read), but it's much better than
4958 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
4960 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
4962 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
4964 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
4965 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4966 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
4968 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
4969 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
4971 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
4972 == watch_triggered_yes
)
4974 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
4980 if (other_write_watchpoint
4981 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
4983 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4984 and the value changed since the last time we
4985 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4987 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4992 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
4993 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4994 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4996 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4997 the value hasn't changed. */
4998 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5006 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5007 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5008 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5009 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5010 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5014 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5016 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5017 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5018 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5019 anything for this watchpoint. */
5020 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5027 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5028 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5029 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5032 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5034 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
5035 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5036 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5038 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5039 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5040 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5041 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5042 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5044 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5045 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5046 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5048 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5049 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5053 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5054 struct expression
*cond
;
5056 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5057 method implemented. */
5058 if (b
->py_bp_object
)
5059 bs
->stop
= gdbpy_should_stop (b
->py_bp_object
);
5061 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5063 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5070 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5072 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5073 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5075 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5076 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5077 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5078 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5080 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5082 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5083 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5087 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5088 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5089 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5090 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5091 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5093 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5094 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5097 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5099 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5100 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5101 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5102 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5103 really matter which instantiation of the function
5104 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5105 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5106 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5107 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5108 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5109 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5110 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5111 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5113 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5115 select_frame (frame
);
5117 within_current_scope
= 0;
5119 if (within_current_scope
)
5121 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5122 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5126 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5127 "in the current scope"));
5128 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5129 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5132 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5133 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5136 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5140 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
5144 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5148 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5150 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5156 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5157 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5159 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5160 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5163 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5165 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5167 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5168 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5169 several reasons concurrently.)
5171 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5172 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5175 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5176 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5177 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5179 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5180 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5181 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5182 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5183 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5184 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5187 int need_remove_insert
;
5190 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5191 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5192 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5193 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5194 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5195 inferior function calls. */
5199 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5202 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5204 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5205 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5206 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5207 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5208 checked all locations already. */
5209 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5212 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5215 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5218 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5221 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5224 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5225 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5226 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5230 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5231 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5232 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5234 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5236 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5238 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5243 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5245 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
5247 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5248 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5251 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5255 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5256 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5257 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5259 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5261 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5263 handle_solib_event ();
5268 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5269 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5270 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5274 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5279 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5280 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5283 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5288 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5290 /* We will stop here. */
5291 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5293 --(b
->enable_count
);
5294 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0
5295 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5296 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5301 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5302 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5303 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5304 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5310 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5312 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5313 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5316 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5317 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5318 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5320 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5321 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5322 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5324 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5325 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5327 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5329 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5330 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5333 if (need_remove_insert
)
5334 update_global_location_list (1);
5335 else if (removed_any
)
5336 update_global_location_list (0);
5342 handle_jit_event (void)
5344 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5345 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5347 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5348 breakpoint_re_set. */
5349 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5351 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5352 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5354 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5356 target_terminal_inferior ();
5359 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5362 handle_solib_event (void)
5364 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace
);
5366 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5367 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5368 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5369 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5370 solib_add (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
5371 target_terminal_inferior ();
5374 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5376 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5379 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5381 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5385 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5386 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5387 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5389 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5391 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5392 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5393 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5396 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5398 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5399 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5403 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5410 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5413 case bp_shlib_event
:
5417 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5419 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5422 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5425 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5426 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5427 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5431 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5433 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5437 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5438 This requires no further action. */
5442 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5444 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5445 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5447 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5448 case bp_exception_resume
:
5449 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5450 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5452 case bp_step_resume
:
5454 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5457 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5458 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5461 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5463 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5466 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5467 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5470 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5471 case bp_thread_event
:
5472 case bp_overlay_event
:
5473 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5474 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5475 case bp_exception_master
:
5476 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5482 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5484 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5488 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5489 This requires no further action. */
5494 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5497 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5498 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5499 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5500 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5502 case bp_std_terminate
:
5503 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5504 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5505 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5506 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5509 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5510 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5511 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5512 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5514 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5515 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5517 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5518 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5519 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5521 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5522 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5523 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5524 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5529 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5531 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5535 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5536 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5539 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5542 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5543 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5548 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5550 handle_jit_event ();
5553 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5555 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5561 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5562 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5564 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5565 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5573 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5574 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5575 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5578 bpstat_should_step (void)
5580 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5583 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5589 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5591 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5600 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5601 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5602 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5605 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5607 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5608 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5612 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5614 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5616 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5617 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5618 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5623 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5629 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5630 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5632 "host": Host evals condition.
5633 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5634 "target": Target evals condition.
5638 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5640 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5641 char host_evals
= 0;
5642 char target_evals
= 0;
5647 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5650 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5651 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5652 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5654 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5656 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5662 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5663 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5664 else if (target_evals
)
5665 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5667 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5670 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5671 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5674 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5676 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5679 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5680 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5681 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5683 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5684 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5686 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5689 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5692 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5693 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5695 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5696 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
5698 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5702 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5704 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5705 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
5706 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5709 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5712 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
5713 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
5714 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5715 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
5716 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5717 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
5719 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
5720 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
5721 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
5723 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5724 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
5725 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5727 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
5731 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
5732 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
5734 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
5736 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
5738 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
5741 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
5743 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5744 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5745 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5747 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
5748 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
5749 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5750 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
5753 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5757 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5759 struct ep_type_description
5764 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5766 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5767 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5768 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5769 {bp_until
, "until"},
5770 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5771 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5772 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5773 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5774 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5775 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5776 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5777 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5778 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5779 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5780 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5781 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5782 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5783 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5784 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5785 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5786 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5787 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5788 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5789 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5790 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5791 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5792 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5793 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5794 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5795 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5796 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5797 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5798 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5801 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5802 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5803 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5804 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5807 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5812 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5813 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5816 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
5817 const char *field_name
,
5821 struct cleanup
*back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
,
5823 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
5827 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5828 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5829 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
5832 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
5838 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
5839 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
5844 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
5846 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
5848 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
5852 do_cleanups (back_to
);
5855 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5858 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5859 struct bp_location
*loc
,
5861 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5864 struct command_line
*l
;
5865 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
5867 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5868 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
5869 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
5870 struct value_print_options opts
;
5872 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5874 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
5875 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5876 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5879 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
5880 header_of_multiple
= 1;
5888 if (part_of_multiple
)
5891 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
5892 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
5897 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5902 if (part_of_multiple
)
5903 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
5905 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
5909 if (part_of_multiple
)
5910 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
5912 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
5917 if (part_of_multiple
)
5918 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
5920 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
5921 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
5922 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
5926 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
5928 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5929 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5930 make sure there's just one location. */
5931 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
5932 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
5938 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5939 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5943 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5944 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5945 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5947 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5949 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5950 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5951 is relatively readable). */
5952 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5953 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5955 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
5960 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5964 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5965 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5967 case bp_exception_resume
:
5968 case bp_step_resume
:
5969 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5970 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5972 case bp_std_terminate
:
5973 case bp_shlib_event
:
5974 case bp_thread_event
:
5975 case bp_overlay_event
:
5976 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5977 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5978 case bp_exception_master
:
5980 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5981 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5984 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5985 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5986 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5989 if (header_of_multiple
)
5990 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5991 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5992 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5994 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
5995 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
5998 if (!header_of_multiple
)
5999 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6006 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6008 struct inferior
*inf
;
6009 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6014 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6015 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6018 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6019 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6021 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6022 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6023 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6024 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6025 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6026 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6028 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6029 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6032 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6034 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6036 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6037 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6038 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6039 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6041 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6043 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6044 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6048 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6050 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6051 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6053 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6056 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6057 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6059 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6060 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6061 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6064 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6067 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6068 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6070 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6071 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6073 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6074 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6075 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6076 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6077 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6079 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6080 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6081 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6082 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6084 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6087 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6089 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6090 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6091 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6092 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6095 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6099 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6100 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6101 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6102 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6103 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6105 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6106 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6107 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6108 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6109 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6111 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6115 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6116 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6117 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6121 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6124 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6125 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6126 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6129 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6130 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6131 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6132 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6135 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6136 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6137 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6138 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6139 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6141 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6142 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6143 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6146 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6148 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6150 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6152 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6153 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6154 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6158 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6159 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6161 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6164 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6165 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6166 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6169 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6171 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6173 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6175 annotate_field (10);
6176 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6177 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6178 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6181 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6183 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6185 annotate_field (11);
6187 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6188 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6189 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6193 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6195 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6196 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6201 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6203 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6205 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6207 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6209 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6210 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6215 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6216 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6219 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6220 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6222 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6224 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6225 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6227 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6228 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6229 locations, if any. */
6230 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6232 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6233 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6234 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6237 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6238 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6240 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6241 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6243 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6246 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6248 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6249 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6250 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6251 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6258 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6260 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6261 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6263 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6267 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6268 an address to print. */
6269 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6272 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6273 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6274 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6277 return print_address_bits
;
6280 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6286 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6288 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6289 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6290 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6294 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6296 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6304 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6305 char **error_message
)
6307 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6310 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6312 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6313 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6319 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6320 internal or momentary. */
6323 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6325 return b
->number
> 0;
6328 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6329 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6330 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6331 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6332 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6333 breakpoints listed. */
6336 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6337 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6339 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6340 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6341 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6342 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6343 struct value_print_options opts
;
6344 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6345 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6346 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6348 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6350 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6351 required for address fields. */
6352 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6355 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6356 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6359 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6360 accept. Skip the others. */
6361 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6363 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6365 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6369 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6371 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6373 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6374 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6375 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6377 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6378 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6379 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6381 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6385 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6387 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6388 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6392 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6393 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6396 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6397 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6398 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6400 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6401 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6403 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6404 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6405 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6407 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6408 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6410 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6411 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6413 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6415 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6416 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6417 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6419 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6420 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6422 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6424 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6425 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6426 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6427 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6432 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6433 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6436 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6437 accept. Skip the others. */
6439 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6441 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6443 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6446 else /* all others */
6448 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6452 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6454 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6455 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6458 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6460 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6462 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6466 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6467 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6469 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6470 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6476 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6477 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6480 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6481 there have been breakpoints? */
6482 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6484 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6487 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6488 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6491 default_collect_info (void)
6493 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6495 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6496 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6498 if (!*default_collect
)
6501 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6503 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6504 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6505 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6509 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6511 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6513 default_collect_info ();
6517 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6519 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6520 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6522 if (num_printed
== 0)
6524 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6525 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6527 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6532 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6534 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6536 default_collect_info ();
6540 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6541 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6542 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6544 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6546 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6548 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6549 && bl
->address
== pc
6550 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6556 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6557 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6561 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6562 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6563 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6566 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6569 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6570 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6574 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6575 else /* if (others == ???) */
6576 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6578 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6581 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6582 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6583 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6584 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6585 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6586 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6587 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6588 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6590 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
6594 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6596 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6597 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6598 printf_filtered (".\n");
6603 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6604 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6605 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6606 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6608 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6609 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6610 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6611 breakpoint at address zero:
6619 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6621 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6623 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6626 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6627 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6630 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6631 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6633 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6634 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6636 /* Both of them must exist. */
6637 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6638 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6640 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6641 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6642 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6643 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6644 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6645 other watchpoint. */
6647 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6649 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6652 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6654 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6658 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6659 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6660 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6661 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6662 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6663 become hw_access locations later. */
6664 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6665 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6666 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6667 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6670 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6671 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6672 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6673 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6676 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6677 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6679 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6680 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6684 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6685 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6686 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6687 space doesn't really matter. */
6690 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6691 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
6694 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6695 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6696 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6699 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6700 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6701 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6702 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6705 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6706 struct address_space
*aspace
,
6709 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6712 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6713 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6717 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6718 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6719 true, otherwise returns false. */
6722 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6723 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6725 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6726 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6727 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6728 different locations. */
6729 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6734 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6735 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6736 represent the same location. */
6739 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6740 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6742 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6744 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6745 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6746 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6748 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6749 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6751 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6754 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6755 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6756 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6758 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6759 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6760 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6761 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6765 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6766 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6768 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6769 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6773 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6774 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6776 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6777 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6779 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6782 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6783 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6784 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6785 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6788 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6789 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6791 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6793 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6796 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6797 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6798 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6799 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6800 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6802 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6803 have their addresses modified. */
6808 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
6810 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6811 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6812 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6814 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6815 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6817 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6818 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6820 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6825 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
6826 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
6828 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
6830 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6835 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6836 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6839 switch (owner
->type
)
6845 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6846 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6848 case bp_exception_resume
:
6849 case bp_step_resume
:
6850 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6851 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6853 case bp_std_terminate
:
6854 case bp_shlib_event
:
6855 case bp_thread_event
:
6856 case bp_overlay_event
:
6858 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6859 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6860 case bp_exception_master
:
6861 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6862 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6864 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
6865 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6867 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6868 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
6869 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6871 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6872 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6873 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6874 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
6879 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6880 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6881 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
6884 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6890 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6892 static struct bp_location
*
6893 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6895 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
6899 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6901 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
6905 /* Increment reference count. */
6908 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6913 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6914 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6917 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
6919 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
6921 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
6922 free_bp_location (*blp
);
6926 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6929 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6931 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
6933 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6934 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6936 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
6938 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
6947 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6950 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6951 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6953 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6955 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
6957 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6961 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6962 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
6963 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
6965 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6968 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
6970 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
6971 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
6972 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
6973 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
6976 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6977 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6979 static struct breakpoint
*
6980 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6982 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6984 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
6986 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
6987 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
6991 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6992 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6996 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
6998 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7000 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7001 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7002 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7005 const char *function_name
;
7006 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7008 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7009 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7011 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7013 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7015 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7016 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7017 &loc
->requested_address
))
7019 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7020 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7021 loc
->requested_address
,
7024 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7025 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7027 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7028 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7029 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7030 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7032 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7037 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7041 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7043 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7046 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7048 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
7053 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7054 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7055 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7057 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7058 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7059 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7062 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7063 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7064 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7066 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7068 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7070 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7071 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7073 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7074 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7076 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7077 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7080 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7081 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7082 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7083 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7084 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7085 is also returned as the value of this function.
7087 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7088 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7089 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7090 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7091 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7092 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7093 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7096 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7097 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7098 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7100 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7102 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7103 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7108 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7109 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7111 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7113 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7115 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
7117 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7118 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7119 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7120 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7121 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7122 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7126 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7127 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7128 initiated the operation. */
7131 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7133 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7134 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7136 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7137 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7138 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7139 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7140 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7141 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7142 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7143 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7145 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7146 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7148 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7149 after their removal. */
7150 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7151 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
);
7152 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7155 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7158 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7160 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7162 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7164 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7165 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7167 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7168 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7173 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7175 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7177 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7178 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7180 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7181 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7185 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7186 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7187 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7191 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7193 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7196 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7198 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7200 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7201 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7202 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7204 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7206 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7209 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7210 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7211 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7212 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7218 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7219 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7222 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7223 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7227 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread
)
7229 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7231 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7232 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== thread
)
7234 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7236 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7237 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7238 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7239 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7242 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
);
7244 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7246 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7247 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7248 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7250 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7255 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7257 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7260 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7262 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7263 update_global_location_list (1);
7264 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7269 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7271 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7274 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7276 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7277 update_global_location_list (0);
7278 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7282 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7283 master breakpoint. */
7285 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7287 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7289 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7290 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7291 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7293 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7294 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7298 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7300 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7302 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7304 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7305 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7306 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7310 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7312 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7314 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7315 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7317 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7318 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7320 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7322 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7328 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7330 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7332 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7333 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7334 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7335 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7338 struct lang_and_radix
7344 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7347 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7349 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7351 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7352 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7353 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7357 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7360 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7362 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7364 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7365 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7366 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7367 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7371 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7373 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7375 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7376 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7377 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7378 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7382 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7384 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7386 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7387 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7388 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7392 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7393 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7396 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7398 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7400 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7402 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7403 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7405 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7406 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7407 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7408 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7409 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7410 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7411 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7412 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7413 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7414 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7415 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7416 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7419 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7424 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7425 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7429 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7431 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7432 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7434 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7435 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7436 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7437 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7438 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7439 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7442 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7444 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7445 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7447 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7448 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7449 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7450 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7451 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7452 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7453 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7454 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7455 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7457 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7458 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7459 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7460 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7463 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7464 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7466 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7468 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7469 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7470 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7473 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7478 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7480 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7481 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7482 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7483 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7484 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7486 struct fork_catchpoint
7488 /* The base class. */
7489 struct breakpoint base
;
7491 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7492 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7493 catchpoint has triggered. */
7494 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7497 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7501 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7503 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7506 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7510 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7512 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7515 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7519 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7520 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7521 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7523 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7525 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7528 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7532 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7535 static enum print_stop_action
7536 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7538 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7539 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7540 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7542 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7543 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7544 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7546 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7547 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7549 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7550 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7551 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7553 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7554 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
7555 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7556 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7557 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7560 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7564 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7566 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7567 struct value_print_options opts
;
7568 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7570 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7572 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7573 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7575 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7576 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7578 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
7579 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7581 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7582 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7583 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7584 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7587 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7588 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
7591 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7595 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7597 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7600 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7604 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7606 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7607 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7610 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7612 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7614 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7618 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7620 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7623 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7627 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7629 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7632 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7636 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7637 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7638 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7640 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7642 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7645 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7649 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7652 static enum print_stop_action
7653 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7655 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7656 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7657 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7659 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7660 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7661 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7663 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7664 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7666 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7667 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7668 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7670 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7671 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
7672 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7673 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7674 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7677 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7681 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7683 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7684 struct value_print_options opts
;
7685 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7687 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7688 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7689 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7691 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7692 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7694 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
7695 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7697 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7698 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7699 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7700 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7703 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7704 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
7707 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7711 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7713 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7716 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7720 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7722 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7723 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7726 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7728 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7730 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7731 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7732 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7733 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7734 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7736 struct solib_catchpoint
7738 /* The base class. */
7739 struct breakpoint base
;
7741 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7742 unsigned char is_load
;
7744 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7745 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7751 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7753 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7756 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
7757 xfree (self
->regex
);
7759 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7763 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7769 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7775 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7776 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7778 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7780 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7781 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7783 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7786 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7788 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7790 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7793 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7796 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
7799 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7801 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7810 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
7812 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7813 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7818 struct so_list
*iter
;
7821 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
7826 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7835 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
7840 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7846 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
7849 static enum print_stop_action
7850 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
7852 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7853 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7855 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7856 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7857 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7859 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7860 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7861 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
7862 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7863 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7864 print_solib_event (1);
7865 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7869 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
7871 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7872 struct value_print_options opts
;
7873 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7876 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7877 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7878 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7880 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7883 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7890 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7892 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7897 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7899 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7901 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
7904 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7905 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
7906 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7910 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7912 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7914 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
7915 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7919 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7921 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7923 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
7924 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
7925 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7927 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
7928 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
7931 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
7933 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7934 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7935 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7936 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7937 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7938 created in an enabled state. */
7941 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
7943 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
7944 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7945 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
7949 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
7951 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
7952 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
7958 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
7961 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
7963 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
7964 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
7966 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
7969 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
7970 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
7971 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
7973 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7975 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
7976 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
7979 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7983 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
7984 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7987 const int enabled
= 1;
7989 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7991 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
7995 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7996 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7998 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8002 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8003 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8005 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8008 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8009 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8010 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8011 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8012 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8014 struct syscall_catchpoint
8016 /* The base class. */
8017 struct breakpoint base
;
8019 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8020 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8021 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8022 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8023 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
8026 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8030 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8032 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8034 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8036 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8039 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
8041 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8043 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8044 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8045 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8047 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8048 int any_syscall_count
;
8050 /* Count of each system call. */
8051 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
8053 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8054 if any catching is necessary. */
8055 int total_syscalls_count
;
8058 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
8059 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
8061 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
8063 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8064 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
8066 inf_data
= XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8067 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
8074 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
8080 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8084 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8086 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8087 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8088 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8089 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8091 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8092 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8093 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8099 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8104 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8106 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
8107 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8108 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8110 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
8111 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8112 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
8114 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
8115 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
8117 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8118 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
8122 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8123 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8124 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8126 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8128 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8131 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8135 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8137 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8138 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8139 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8140 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8142 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8143 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8144 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8150 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8154 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8155 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8157 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8158 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
8162 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8163 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8164 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8166 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8168 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8171 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8175 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8176 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8177 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8179 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8180 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8181 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8182 int syscall_number
= 0;
8183 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
8184 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8186 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8187 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
8190 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
8192 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8193 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8198 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8200 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
8210 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8213 static enum print_stop_action
8214 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
8216 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8217 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8218 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8219 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8220 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8221 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8223 struct target_waitstatus last
;
8226 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
8228 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
8230 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8232 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8233 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8235 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8236 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8238 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8239 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8240 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8241 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
8242 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8244 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8246 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
8247 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
8249 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
8251 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8252 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
8254 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
8256 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8258 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8261 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8265 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8266 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8268 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8269 struct value_print_options opts
;
8270 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8272 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8273 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8274 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8276 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8277 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8280 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
8281 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8282 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
8284 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
8286 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8289 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8292 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8297 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8300 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
8302 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
8304 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8305 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8309 /* Remove the last comma. */
8310 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
8311 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
8314 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
8315 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8317 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8318 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "syscall");
8321 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8325 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8327 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8329 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8333 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8334 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
8336 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
8339 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8343 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8346 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
8348 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
8350 printf_filtered (")");
8353 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8357 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8361 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8363 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8365 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
8367 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8372 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8377 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8379 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
8381 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
8384 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8387 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8389 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
8391 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8394 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8396 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8399 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8400 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8401 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8402 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8405 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8406 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8408 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8410 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8413 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8415 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8417 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8418 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8422 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8424 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8425 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8426 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8427 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8430 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8433 update_global_location_list (1);
8437 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8438 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8439 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8441 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8443 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8445 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8447 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8450 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8452 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8453 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8454 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8455 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8456 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8458 struct exec_catchpoint
8460 /* The base class. */
8461 struct breakpoint base
;
8463 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8464 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8466 char *exec_pathname
;
8469 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8473 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8475 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8477 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8479 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8483 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8485 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8489 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8491 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8495 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8496 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8497 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8499 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8501 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8504 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8508 static enum print_stop_action
8509 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8511 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8512 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8513 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8515 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8516 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8517 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8519 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8520 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8522 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8523 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8524 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8526 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8527 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8528 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8529 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8531 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8535 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8537 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8538 struct value_print_options opts
;
8539 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8541 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8543 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8544 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8545 is relatively readable). */
8546 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8547 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8549 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8550 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8552 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8553 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8554 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8557 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8558 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8562 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8564 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8567 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8571 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8573 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8574 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8577 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8580 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
8581 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8583 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
8584 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8586 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
8587 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
8588 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
8590 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8594 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8597 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8598 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8602 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8603 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8605 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8607 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8614 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8618 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8621 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8623 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8626 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8628 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8630 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8636 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8637 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8638 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8639 types _not_ TYPE. */
8642 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8643 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8646 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8648 *other_type_used
= 0;
8653 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8656 if (b
->type
== type
)
8657 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8658 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8659 *other_type_used
= 1;
8666 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8668 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8672 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8674 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8675 update_global_location_list (0);
8681 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8683 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8687 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8689 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8690 update_global_location_list (1);
8696 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8698 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8699 update_global_location_list (0);
8703 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8705 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8706 breakpoint_re_set ();
8710 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8711 at address specified by SAL.
8712 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8715 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8716 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8718 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8720 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8722 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8724 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8725 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8726 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8727 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8729 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8730 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8732 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8733 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8735 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8740 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8741 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8744 static struct breakpoint
*
8745 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8747 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8749 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8751 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8752 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8753 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8755 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8756 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8757 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8758 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8759 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8760 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8761 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8762 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8763 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8764 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8765 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8767 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8768 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8769 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8771 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8775 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8779 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8781 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8785 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
);
8789 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8792 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8794 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8796 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8797 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8799 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8803 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8806 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8808 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8809 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
8811 printf_filtered ("\n");
8815 static struct bp_location
*
8816 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8817 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8819 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8820 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8821 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8823 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8824 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8826 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8827 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8828 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8829 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8830 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8831 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8832 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8835 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8836 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8837 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8838 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8843 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8844 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8845 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8846 loc
->probe
= sal
->probe
;
8847 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8848 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8849 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8850 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8851 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8853 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8854 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8859 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8860 return 0 otherwise. */
8863 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8867 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8868 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8869 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8872 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8874 addr
= loc
->address
;
8875 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8877 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8881 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
8883 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8884 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8885 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8886 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
8888 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8889 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8891 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8892 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8895 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8900 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8901 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8904 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8906 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8907 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8912 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8914 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8916 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8918 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8920 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8921 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8923 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8924 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8925 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8927 if (!dprintf_function
)
8928 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8930 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8931 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8936 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8940 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8942 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8943 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8946 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8947 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8951 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8952 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8954 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8955 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8957 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
, *cont_cmd_line
= NULL
;
8959 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
8961 cont_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8962 cont_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8963 cont_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8964 cont_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8965 cont_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
8966 cont_cmd_line
->line
= xstrdup ("continue");
8969 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8970 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8971 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8972 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8973 printf_cmd_line
->next
= cont_cmd_line
;
8974 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
8976 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
8980 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8981 current style settings. */
8984 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
8985 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8987 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8991 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8992 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8996 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8997 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8998 as condition expression. */
9001 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9002 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9003 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9005 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9006 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9007 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9008 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9009 int display_canonical
)
9013 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9015 int target_resources_ok
;
9017 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9018 target_resources_ok
=
9019 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9021 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9022 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9023 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9024 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9027 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9029 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9031 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9032 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9036 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9038 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9040 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9041 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9046 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9050 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9051 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9052 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9053 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9054 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9056 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9057 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9059 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9061 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9062 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9064 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9066 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9067 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9068 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
9072 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9074 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9076 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9077 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9079 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9081 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9083 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9085 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9086 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9088 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9090 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9093 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9094 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9101 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9102 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9106 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9107 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9111 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9113 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9114 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9116 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9119 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9120 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9121 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9123 if (b
->extra_string
)
9124 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9126 error (_("Format string required"));
9128 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9129 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9132 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9134 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9136 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9139 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9144 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9145 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9146 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9148 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9149 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9150 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9151 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9152 int display_canonical
)
9154 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9155 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9157 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9159 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9161 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9165 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9167 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9169 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9171 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9173 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9175 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9177 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9179 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9182 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9183 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9184 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9185 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9186 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9187 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9188 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9189 we take just a single condition string.
9191 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9192 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9193 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9194 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9195 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9198 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9199 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9200 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9201 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9202 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9203 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9204 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9207 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9209 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9210 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9212 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9214 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9215 'break', without arguments. */
9216 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9217 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9219 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9220 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9222 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9223 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9226 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9228 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9229 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9230 canonical
->special_display
);
9231 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9235 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9236 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9237 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9238 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9240 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9241 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9244 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9245 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9247 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9249 if ((*address
) == NULL
9250 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
9252 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9254 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9256 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9257 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9260 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9261 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9262 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9264 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9265 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9266 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9267 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9268 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9269 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9271 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9273 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9274 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9275 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9276 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9277 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9279 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9281 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9282 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9283 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9285 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9288 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9292 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9294 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9295 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9296 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9297 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9299 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9300 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9301 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9303 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9304 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9305 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9306 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9307 get_last_displayed_line (),
9308 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9310 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9311 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9316 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9317 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9320 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9324 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9325 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9328 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9329 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9330 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9331 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9332 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9336 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9337 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9340 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9342 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9344 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9346 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9348 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9350 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9351 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9352 associated with SAL. */
9355 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9357 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9360 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9361 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9363 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9367 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9369 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9370 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9372 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9375 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9376 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9377 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9378 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9379 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9380 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9383 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9384 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9387 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9394 const char *end_tok
;
9396 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9397 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9399 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9401 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9403 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9407 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9409 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9411 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9413 struct expression
*expr
;
9415 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9416 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9419 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9421 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9426 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9428 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9429 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9430 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9433 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9438 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9440 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9441 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9442 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9447 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9451 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9455 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9457 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9458 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9460 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9461 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9462 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9463 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9468 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9470 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9472 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9473 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9475 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9476 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9477 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9479 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9480 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9482 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9484 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9486 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9488 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9490 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9491 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9493 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9496 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9502 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9503 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9504 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9505 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9506 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9507 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9508 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9509 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9510 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9511 was created; false otherwise. */
9514 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9515 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9516 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9518 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9520 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9521 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9522 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9525 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9526 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9527 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9528 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9529 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9530 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9533 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9535 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9537 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9539 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9541 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
9542 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
9545 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9549 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9555 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
9557 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9560 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9561 throw_exception (e
);
9563 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9565 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9566 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9567 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9568 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9569 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9572 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9573 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9574 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9575 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9577 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9579 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
9580 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
9581 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9582 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9583 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
9585 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
9589 throw_exception (e
);
9593 throw_exception (e
);
9596 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9597 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9599 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9600 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9601 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9602 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9603 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9605 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9606 are ok for the target. */
9610 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9612 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9613 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9616 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9617 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9620 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9622 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9623 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9626 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9627 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9631 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9633 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9638 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9639 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9640 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9641 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9643 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
9644 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9646 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9648 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9650 extra_string
= rest
;
9655 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg
);
9657 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9660 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9661 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9663 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9666 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9667 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9671 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
, lsal
,
9672 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9673 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9674 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9675 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9679 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9681 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
9683 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9685 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9687 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9691 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9693 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9695 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
9697 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9700 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9703 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9704 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9706 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9708 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
9709 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9710 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9711 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9712 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9713 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9714 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9715 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9717 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9720 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9722 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9723 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9724 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9727 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9729 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9730 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9731 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9733 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9734 update_global_location_list (1);
9739 /* Set a breakpoint.
9740 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9741 condition, and thread.
9742 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9743 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9747 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9749 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9750 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9751 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9753 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9754 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
9756 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9757 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
9758 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9760 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9762 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9764 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9765 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9766 0 /* Ignore count */,
9767 pending_break_support
,
9775 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9778 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9782 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9784 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9785 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9786 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9789 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9790 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9791 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9792 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9795 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9797 struct blockvector
*bv
;
9801 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
9804 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9807 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
9808 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal
->symtab
->objfile
, sym
);
9812 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9813 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9814 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9815 happen in assembly source). */
9817 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
9818 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9820 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9822 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9824 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9826 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9833 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9835 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9839 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9841 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9845 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9847 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9851 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9853 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9857 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9859 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9860 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9861 stop at <line>\n"));
9865 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9869 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9871 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9876 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9877 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9878 function/method name. */
9879 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9881 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9886 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9888 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9892 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9894 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9898 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9902 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9909 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9910 it is probably a line number. */
9911 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9913 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9918 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9920 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9924 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9926 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9929 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9930 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9931 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9935 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9937 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9939 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9941 0 /* Ignore count */,
9942 pending_break_support
,
9943 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9951 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9953 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9956 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9957 ranged breakpoints. */
9960 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9961 struct address_space
*aspace
,
9963 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9965 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9966 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9969 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9970 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9973 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9974 ranged breakpoints. */
9977 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9979 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9982 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9983 ranged breakpoints. */
9985 static enum print_stop_action
9986 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9988 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9989 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9990 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9992 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9994 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9995 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9997 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9998 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9999 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10001 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10002 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10004 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10005 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10006 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10008 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10009 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10011 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10014 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10015 ranged breakpoints. */
10018 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10019 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10021 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10022 struct value_print_options opts
;
10023 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10025 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10026 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10028 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10030 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10031 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10032 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10033 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10034 annotate_field (5);
10035 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10039 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10040 ranged breakpoints. */
10043 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10044 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10046 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10047 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10048 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10049 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10053 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10054 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10056 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10057 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10058 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10059 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10060 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10061 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10063 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10066 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10067 ranged breakpoints. */
10070 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10072 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10073 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10076 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10078 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10081 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10082 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10083 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10086 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10087 ranged breakpoints. */
10090 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10092 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
10093 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
10094 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10097 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10099 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10101 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10102 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10103 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10104 last instruction of the given line. */
10107 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10111 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10112 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10113 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10120 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10122 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10124 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10131 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10134 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10136 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10137 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10138 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10140 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10141 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10142 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10143 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10145 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10146 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10147 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10149 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10150 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10151 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10153 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10154 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10156 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10157 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10158 error(_("No address range specified."));
10160 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10163 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10165 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10168 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10169 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10170 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10172 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10174 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10175 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10176 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10178 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10179 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10180 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10182 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10183 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10185 /* Parse the end location. */
10187 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10190 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10191 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10192 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10193 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10194 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10195 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10196 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10197 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10199 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10201 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10202 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10204 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10205 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10206 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10207 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10209 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10210 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10211 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10213 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10214 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10215 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10217 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10219 /* Length overflowed. */
10220 error (_("Address range too large."));
10221 else if (length
== 1)
10223 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10224 the `hbreak' command. */
10225 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10227 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10232 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10233 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10234 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10235 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10236 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10237 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10238 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10239 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10240 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10242 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10245 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10246 update_global_location_list (1);
10249 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10250 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10251 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10255 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10257 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10263 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10264 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10267 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10277 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10278 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10279 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10280 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10281 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10283 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10312 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10315 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10316 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10321 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10322 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10323 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10324 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10325 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10326 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10327 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10329 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10330 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10335 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10337 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10338 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10339 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10340 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10342 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10343 are always constant. */
10345 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10347 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10348 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10349 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10354 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10355 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10356 then it is not a constant. */
10365 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10368 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10370 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10372 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10374 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10375 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10376 value_free (w
->val
);
10378 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10381 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10384 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10386 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10388 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10389 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10391 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10392 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10393 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10394 are loaded and unloaded.
10396 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10397 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10398 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10399 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10400 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10401 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10403 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10404 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10405 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10406 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10408 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10409 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10411 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10412 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10413 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10416 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10419 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10421 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10422 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10424 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10428 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10431 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10433 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10434 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10436 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10441 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10442 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10443 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10445 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10446 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10448 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10449 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10450 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10451 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10452 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10453 (did not match the data address). */
10454 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10455 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10462 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10464 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10466 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10469 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10470 hardware watchpoints. */
10473 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10475 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10476 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10478 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10481 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10482 hardware watchpoints. */
10485 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10487 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10488 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10491 static enum print_stop_action
10492 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10494 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10495 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10496 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10497 enum print_stop_action result
;
10498 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10499 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10501 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10503 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10504 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10506 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10507 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10511 case bp_watchpoint
:
10512 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10513 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10514 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10515 ui_out_field_string
10517 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10519 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10520 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10521 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10522 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10523 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10524 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10525 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10526 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10527 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10528 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10531 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10532 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10533 ui_out_field_string
10535 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10537 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10538 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10539 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10540 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10541 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10542 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10545 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10546 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10548 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10549 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10550 ui_out_field_string
10552 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10554 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10555 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10556 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10557 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10558 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10563 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10564 ui_out_field_string
10566 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10567 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10568 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10570 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10571 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10572 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10573 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10576 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10579 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10583 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10587 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10589 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10590 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10591 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10595 case bp_watchpoint
:
10596 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10597 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10599 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10600 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10601 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10603 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10604 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10605 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10607 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10608 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10609 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10612 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10613 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10616 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10617 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10618 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10619 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10622 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10626 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10628 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10632 case bp_watchpoint
:
10633 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10634 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10636 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10637 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10639 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10640 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10643 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10644 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10647 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10648 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10651 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10653 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10655 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10656 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10659 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10661 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10663 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10664 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10667 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10668 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10671 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10673 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10675 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10676 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10679 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10680 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10683 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10685 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10687 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10690 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10691 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10694 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10699 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10700 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10702 static enum print_stop_action
10703 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10705 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10706 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10708 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10709 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10713 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10714 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10715 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10716 ui_out_field_string
10718 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10721 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10722 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10723 ui_out_field_string
10725 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10728 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10729 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10730 ui_out_field_string
10732 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10735 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10736 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10740 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
10741 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10742 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10743 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10745 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10746 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10749 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10750 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10753 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10754 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10756 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10758 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10759 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10761 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
10762 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10763 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10766 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10767 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10770 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10772 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10773 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10774 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10778 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10779 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10780 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10782 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10783 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10784 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10786 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10787 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10788 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10791 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10792 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10795 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10796 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10797 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10798 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10801 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10802 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10805 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10807 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10812 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10813 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10815 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10816 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10818 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10819 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10822 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10823 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10826 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10827 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10828 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10831 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10833 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10835 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10838 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10840 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10843 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10844 hw_read: watch read,
10845 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10847 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10848 int just_location
, int internal
)
10850 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
10851 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10852 struct expression
*exp
;
10853 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10854 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
10855 struct frame_info
*frame
;
10856 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10857 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10858 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10860 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10861 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10862 enum bptype bp_type
;
10865 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10866 the hardware watchpoint. */
10868 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10869 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10871 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
10873 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10874 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10876 const char *value_start
;
10878 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10880 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10881 of the arguments string. */
10882 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10884 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10885 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10888 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10889 This is the value of the parameter. */
10890 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10892 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10894 /* Skip whitespace. */
10895 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10900 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10901 This is the parameter itself. */
10902 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10905 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10907 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
10909 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10910 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10911 only in a specific thread. */
10915 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10917 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10918 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
10920 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10922 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10923 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
10925 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10926 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
10927 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
10929 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
10931 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10932 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10934 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10937 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10939 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10941 mark
= value_mark ();
10942 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10943 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10944 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10947 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10950 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10951 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10958 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10959 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10961 innermost_block
= NULL
;
10962 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10963 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
10964 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
10965 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
10967 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10968 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10970 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10973 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10974 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
10978 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10979 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10981 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10984 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
10985 mark
= value_mark ();
10986 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
);
10992 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10993 val
= value_addr (result
);
10994 release_value (val
);
10995 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10999 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11002 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11003 else if (ret
== -2)
11004 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11007 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11008 release_value (val
);
11010 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11011 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11013 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11014 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11016 struct expression
*cond
;
11018 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11019 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11020 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11022 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11023 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11024 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11030 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11032 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11033 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11034 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11035 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11037 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11039 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11041 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11042 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11043 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11044 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11045 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11047 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11050 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11051 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11052 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11053 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11055 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11057 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11058 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11060 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11061 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11063 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11064 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11065 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11066 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11067 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11068 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11069 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11070 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11071 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11075 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
11077 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11080 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11081 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11083 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11084 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11085 b
->thread
= thread
;
11086 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11087 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11089 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11090 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11093 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11094 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11097 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11098 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11100 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11101 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11104 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11105 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11107 /* The above expression is in C. */
11108 b
->language
= language_c
;
11111 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11115 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11124 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11126 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11130 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11131 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11135 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11136 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11139 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11141 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11142 need to act on them together. */
11143 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11144 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11147 if (!just_location
)
11148 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11150 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11152 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11153 that should be inserted. */
11154 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11158 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11159 throw_exception (e
);
11162 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11163 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11166 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11167 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11170 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11172 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11173 struct value
*head
= v
;
11175 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11176 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11179 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11180 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11181 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11182 hardware watchpoint.
11184 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11185 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11186 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11187 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11188 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11189 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11190 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11191 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11192 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11194 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11195 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11196 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11197 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11198 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11200 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11202 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11203 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11204 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11205 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11206 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11207 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11211 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11212 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11213 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11215 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11216 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11217 middle of some value chain. */
11219 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11220 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11222 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11226 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11227 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11228 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11230 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11234 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11238 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11239 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11240 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11241 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11242 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11245 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11246 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11247 return found_memory_cnt
;
11251 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11253 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11256 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11257 calls watch_command_1. */
11260 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11262 int just_location
= 0;
11265 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11266 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11268 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11272 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11276 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11278 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11282 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11284 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11288 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11290 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11294 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11296 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11300 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11302 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11306 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11307 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11309 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11311 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11312 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11316 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11317 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11318 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11321 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11323 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11325 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11326 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11327 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11328 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11332 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11334 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11335 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11336 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11337 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11338 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11339 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11340 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11341 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11342 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11344 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11346 clear_proceed_status ();
11348 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11351 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11352 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11353 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11354 get_last_displayed_line ());
11356 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11357 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11359 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11360 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11362 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11363 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11366 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11368 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11370 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11373 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11375 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11376 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11377 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11380 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11381 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11382 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11383 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11385 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11388 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11390 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11392 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11393 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11394 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11398 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11400 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11401 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11404 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11408 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11409 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11410 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11411 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11413 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11414 only at the very same frame. */
11415 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11416 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11417 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11419 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
11421 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11422 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11423 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11424 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11426 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11428 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11429 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11431 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11432 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11433 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11435 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11436 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11437 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11441 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11444 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11445 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11447 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11448 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11449 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11450 if clause in the arg string. */
11453 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11457 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11460 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11463 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11464 condition string. */
11465 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11466 cond_string
= *arg
;
11468 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11470 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11472 return cond_string
;
11475 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11476 process start/exit, etc. */
11480 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11481 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11486 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11487 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11489 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11490 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11491 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11494 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11495 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11496 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11500 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11502 /* The allowed syntax is:
11504 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11506 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11507 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11509 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11510 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11512 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11513 and enable reporting of such events. */
11516 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11517 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11518 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11519 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11521 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11522 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11523 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11524 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11527 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11533 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11534 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11536 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11537 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11539 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11541 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11545 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11547 /* The allowed syntax is:
11549 catch exec if <cond>
11551 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11552 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11554 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11555 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11557 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11558 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11559 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11560 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11562 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11566 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11567 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11568 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11570 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11576 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11578 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11580 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11581 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11582 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11583 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11584 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11585 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11586 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11587 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11588 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11589 enough for now, though. */
11592 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11594 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11595 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11596 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
11597 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11600 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11601 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11603 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
11605 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
11606 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
11608 while (*arg
!= '\0')
11610 int i
, syscall_number
;
11612 char cur_name
[128];
11615 /* Skip whitespace. */
11616 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11618 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
11619 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
11620 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
11623 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11624 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
11625 if (*endptr
== '\0')
11626 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
11629 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11631 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
11633 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
11634 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11635 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11636 syscall number to be caught. */
11637 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
11640 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11641 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
11644 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
11648 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11651 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11652 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11657 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11659 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11660 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
11661 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11662 this architecture yet."));
11664 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11666 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11668 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11669 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11670 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11671 for his/her architecture. */
11672 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
11674 /* The allowed syntax is:
11676 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11678 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11681 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
11685 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
11686 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
11690 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11692 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11697 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11699 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11702 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11705 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11707 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
11708 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11709 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
11710 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11712 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11714 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11717 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11721 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11724 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11727 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11729 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11730 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11733 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11734 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11736 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11740 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11741 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11742 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11743 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11748 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
11749 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
11750 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11751 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11753 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11754 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11755 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11756 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11757 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11758 error (_("No source file specified."));
11760 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11766 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11767 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11768 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11769 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11771 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11772 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11773 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11774 due to optimization, all in one block.
11776 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11777 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11778 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11779 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11780 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11781 to support that. */
11783 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11784 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11785 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11789 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11790 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11792 const char *sal_fullname
;
11794 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11795 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11796 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11799 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11804 1 0 <can't happen> */
11806 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
11807 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11808 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11810 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11811 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11814 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11815 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11817 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11818 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11820 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11821 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11822 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11824 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11825 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11826 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11827 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11828 int line_match
= 0;
11830 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11831 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11832 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11833 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11834 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11835 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11836 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11839 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11848 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
11852 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11853 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
11856 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11858 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11861 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11862 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11863 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11864 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
11865 compare_breakpoints
);
11866 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
11867 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
11871 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
11876 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
11877 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11880 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
11881 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11883 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11886 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
11889 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
11890 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11893 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11895 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11898 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11899 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11900 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11903 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11905 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11907 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11908 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11909 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11911 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11913 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11915 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11916 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11920 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11921 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11922 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11923 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
11924 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11925 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11928 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
11930 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
11931 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
11932 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
11933 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
11934 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
11936 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11937 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
11939 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11940 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11943 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11944 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
11945 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
11947 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11948 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
11949 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
11951 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11952 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11953 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11955 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11956 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
11957 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
11959 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
11962 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
11963 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11964 content of the bp_location array. */
11967 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
11969 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
11971 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11972 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11974 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
11976 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11978 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11981 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11982 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11984 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11985 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
11986 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
11987 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
11989 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11991 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
11992 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
11993 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
11994 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
11998 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12001 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12003 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12004 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12006 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12009 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12011 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12013 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12014 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12015 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12017 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12018 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12019 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12022 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12024 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12025 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12026 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12027 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12030 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12032 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12035 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12037 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12038 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12039 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12040 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12043 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12046 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12049 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12051 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12052 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12053 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12054 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12056 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12057 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12058 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12059 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12060 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12062 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12063 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12064 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12065 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12066 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12067 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12068 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12069 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12072 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12073 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12074 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12078 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12080 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12081 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12082 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12085 address
= bl
->address
;
12086 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12088 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12089 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12090 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12092 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12093 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12096 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12097 the same program space as the location
12098 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12099 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12100 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12104 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12105 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12108 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12109 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12110 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12111 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12112 that have already been marked. */
12113 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12115 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12117 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12119 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12120 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12125 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12126 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12127 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12128 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12129 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12130 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12131 returns true on them.
12133 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12134 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12135 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12136 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12137 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12138 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12141 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
12143 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12144 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12145 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12146 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12147 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12148 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12149 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12151 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12152 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12153 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12154 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12155 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12157 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12158 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12159 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12160 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12162 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12163 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12164 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12165 unsigned old_location_count
;
12167 old_location
= bp_location
;
12168 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12169 bp_location
= NULL
;
12170 bp_location_count
= 0;
12171 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12173 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12174 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12175 bp_location_count
++;
12177 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12178 locp
= bp_location
;
12179 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12180 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12182 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12183 bp_location_compare
);
12185 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12187 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12188 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12189 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12190 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12191 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12194 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12195 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12197 locp
= bp_location
;
12198 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12201 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12202 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12204 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12205 not, we have to free it. */
12206 int found_object
= 0;
12207 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12208 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12211 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12212 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12213 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12214 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12218 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12219 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12222 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12223 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12224 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12226 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12227 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12228 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12230 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12231 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12234 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12238 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12239 have to go through updates again. */
12240 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12242 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12244 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12246 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12247 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12248 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12249 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12250 at certain location is not inserted. */
12252 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12254 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12257 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12259 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12260 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12261 keep_in_target
= 1;
12265 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12266 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12267 remove its target-side condition. */
12269 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12270 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12271 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12272 this one from the target. */
12274 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12275 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12278 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12279 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12282 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12284 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12286 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12287 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12288 supported, but the latter are. */
12289 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12291 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12292 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12295 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12296 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12298 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12299 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12301 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12302 keep_in_target
= 1;
12310 if (!keep_in_target
)
12312 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12314 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12315 this location on the global list, and try to
12316 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12317 reason why we will succeed next time.
12319 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12320 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12321 only after calling us. */
12322 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12323 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12324 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12332 if (removed
&& non_stop
12333 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
12334 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12336 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12337 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12338 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12339 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12340 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12341 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12342 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12343 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12344 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12345 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12346 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12347 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12348 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12349 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12352 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12353 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12355 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12356 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12357 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12358 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12359 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12360 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12361 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12362 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12363 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12364 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12365 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12366 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12367 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12370 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12371 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12372 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12373 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12375 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12376 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12377 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12378 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12379 traps we can no longer explain. */
12381 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12382 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12384 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12388 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12389 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12394 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12395 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12396 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12397 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12398 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12399 are sorted first for the same address.
12401 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12402 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12404 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12405 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12406 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12407 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12408 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12410 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12412 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12415 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12416 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12417 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12418 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12419 `struct bp_location'. */
12420 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12422 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12423 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12427 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12428 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12429 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12430 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12431 "actually inserted"));
12433 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12434 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12435 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12436 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12437 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12438 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12440 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12442 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12443 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12444 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12446 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12447 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12449 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12451 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12452 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12453 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12459 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12460 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12461 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12463 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12464 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12466 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12467 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12469 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
12470 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12471 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12472 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12473 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12476 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12477 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12478 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12481 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12484 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12485 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12486 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12488 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12493 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12495 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12499 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12501 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12504 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12505 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12507 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12508 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12514 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
12516 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12518 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12519 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
12522 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12525 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12529 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12530 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12532 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12533 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12534 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12538 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12540 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12542 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12544 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12548 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12552 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12554 struct value_print_options opts
;
12556 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12558 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12560 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12562 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
12566 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12568 printf_filtered (" at ");
12569 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12572 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12574 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12576 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12577 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12578 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12579 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12581 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12582 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12583 real situation somewhat. */
12584 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
12589 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12591 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12593 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12598 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12601 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12603 xfree (self
->cond
);
12604 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12605 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12606 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12609 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12614 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12618 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12620 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12621 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12622 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
12623 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
12624 xfree (self
->filter
);
12625 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
12628 static struct bp_location
*
12629 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12631 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12633 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12634 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12639 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12641 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12644 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12645 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12648 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12650 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12654 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12656 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12660 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12661 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12663 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12665 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12669 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12674 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12678 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12680 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12683 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12687 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12689 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12692 static enum print_stop_action
12693 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12695 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12699 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12700 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12706 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12708 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12712 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12714 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12718 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12719 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12720 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12724 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12728 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12729 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12730 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12732 char *extra_string
,
12733 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12734 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12736 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12737 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12738 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12739 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12741 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12745 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12746 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12748 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12751 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12753 static enum bpstat_signal_value
12754 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12756 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE
;
12759 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12761 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12762 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12763 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12764 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12765 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12766 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12767 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12768 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12769 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12770 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12772 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12773 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12774 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12775 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
12776 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12777 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
12778 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
12781 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12784 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12786 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12787 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
12789 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12790 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12794 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12798 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12800 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12801 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12804 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12809 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12811 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12812 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12814 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12818 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12819 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12820 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12822 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12823 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12826 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12830 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12831 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12832 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12839 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12841 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12846 static enum print_stop_action
12847 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12849 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12850 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12852 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12854 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12856 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12857 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12859 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12860 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12861 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12864 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12866 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12868 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
12869 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
12871 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
12872 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12873 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12875 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
12876 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
12878 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12882 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12884 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
12889 case bp_breakpoint
:
12890 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12891 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12892 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12894 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12895 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12896 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12897 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12899 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12900 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12903 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12911 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12913 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12914 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12915 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12916 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12917 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12918 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12919 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12920 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12921 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12923 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12924 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12926 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
12927 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12931 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12932 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12933 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12934 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
12936 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
12937 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
12941 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12942 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12943 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12945 char *extra_string
,
12946 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12947 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12949 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12950 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12951 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12952 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12954 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
12955 cond_string
, extra_string
,
12957 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12958 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12959 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12963 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12964 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12966 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
12969 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12972 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12976 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12977 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12978 case bp_overlay_event
:
12979 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12980 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12981 case bp_exception_master
:
12982 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12985 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12986 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12987 case bp_shlib_event
:
12989 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12990 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12991 case bp_thread_event
:
12997 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12999 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13001 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13002 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13003 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13004 objects (among other things). */
13005 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13006 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13012 static enum print_stop_action
13013 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13015 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13017 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13021 case bp_shlib_event
:
13022 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13023 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13024 to shlib event" message.) */
13025 print_solib_event (0);
13028 case bp_thread_event
:
13029 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13030 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13031 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13034 case bp_overlay_event
:
13035 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13036 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13039 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13040 /* These should never be enabled. */
13041 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13044 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13045 /* These should never be enabled. */
13046 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13047 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13050 case bp_exception_master
:
13051 /* These should never be enabled. */
13052 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13053 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13057 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13061 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13063 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13066 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13069 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13071 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13072 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13073 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13074 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13078 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13080 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13083 static enum print_stop_action
13084 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13086 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13088 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13090 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13095 ui_out_field_string
13097 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13101 ui_out_field_string
13103 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13108 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13112 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13114 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13117 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13119 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13120 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13123 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13125 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13128 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13130 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13133 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13136 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13138 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13142 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13144 bl
->probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13151 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13153 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13154 bl
->probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13156 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13160 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13161 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13162 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13163 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13165 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13167 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13169 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13170 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13172 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13176 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13177 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13179 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13181 error (_("probe not found"));
13184 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13187 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13189 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13193 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13194 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13195 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13197 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13203 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13204 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13206 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13207 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13209 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13211 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13212 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13213 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13214 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13219 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13221 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13226 case bp_tracepoint
:
13227 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13228 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13230 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13231 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13232 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13234 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13235 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13236 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13239 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13240 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13247 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13249 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13251 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13252 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13253 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13254 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13255 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13256 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13258 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13259 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13261 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13262 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13264 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13265 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13269 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13270 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13271 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13272 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13274 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13275 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13279 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13280 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13281 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13283 char *extra_string
,
13284 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13285 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13287 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13288 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13289 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13290 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13292 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
13293 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13295 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13296 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13297 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13301 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13302 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13304 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13307 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13309 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13313 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13314 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13315 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13316 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13318 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13319 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13320 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13324 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13325 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13327 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13328 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13331 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13333 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13336 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13338 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13340 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13341 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13342 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13343 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13345 if (b
->loc
!= NULL
&& b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
13346 error (_("Format string required"));
13348 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13349 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13350 3 - disconnect from target 1
13351 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13353 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13354 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13355 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13356 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13357 it all the time. */
13358 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13359 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13362 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13365 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13367 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s%s", tp
->addr_string
,
13369 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13372 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13376 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13377 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13378 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13379 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13381 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13383 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13385 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13387 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13388 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13389 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13393 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13394 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13395 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13397 char *extra_string
,
13398 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13399 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13401 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13402 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13403 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13404 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13408 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13409 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13410 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13411 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13412 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13413 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13415 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13417 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13418 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13419 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13422 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13423 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13425 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13426 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13428 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13429 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13431 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13432 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13433 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13434 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13435 canonical
->special_display
);
13436 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13437 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13438 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13439 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13440 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13441 corresponds to this one */
13442 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13444 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13446 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13451 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13452 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13454 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13456 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
13457 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13459 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13463 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13466 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13469 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13471 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13474 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13478 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13480 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13482 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13484 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13485 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13488 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13489 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13490 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13491 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13492 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13495 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13496 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13497 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13498 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13500 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13503 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13504 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13505 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13507 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13508 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13510 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13511 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13512 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13513 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13517 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13519 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13520 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13521 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13522 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13523 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13526 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13527 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13528 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13529 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13531 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13533 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13534 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13536 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13537 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13539 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13543 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13545 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13546 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13547 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13548 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13549 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13550 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13551 commands won't work. */
13553 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13555 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13556 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13557 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13558 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13559 might be better design to have location completely
13560 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13561 update_global_location_list (0);
13563 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13564 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13565 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13566 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13571 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13573 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13577 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13579 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13582 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13583 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13586 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13587 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13591 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13596 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13598 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13599 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13601 if (next
== related
)
13603 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13604 function (related
, data
);
13606 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13607 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13612 function (related
, data
);
13616 while (related
!= b
);
13620 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13622 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13625 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13626 delete_breakpoint. */
13629 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13631 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13635 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13637 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13643 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13645 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13646 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13647 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13648 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13649 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13651 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13655 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13657 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13659 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13660 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13661 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13665 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13669 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13671 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13672 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
13673 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13678 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13679 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13680 Null names are ignored. */
13683 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13685 struct bp_location
*l
;
13686 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13687 (int (*) (const void *,
13688 const void *)) streq
,
13689 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13691 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13694 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13696 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13700 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13702 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13706 htab_delete (htab
);
13712 htab_delete (htab
);
13716 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13717 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13718 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13719 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13720 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13721 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13722 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13723 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13726 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13727 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13728 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13729 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13730 in the sources, and output a warning.
13732 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13733 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13734 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13735 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13736 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13739 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13740 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13741 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13742 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13743 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13744 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13745 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13746 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13747 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13749 static struct symtab_and_line
13750 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13752 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13753 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13758 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13760 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13762 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13763 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13765 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13767 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13768 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13769 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13774 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13776 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13778 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13779 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13781 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
13784 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13786 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
13788 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
13789 struct symbol
*sym
;
13790 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13791 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13793 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
13795 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13796 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13798 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13799 "found at previous line number"),
13800 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13804 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
13806 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13807 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13808 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
13811 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
13812 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13813 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
13815 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
13816 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13817 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
13819 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13821 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13823 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
13826 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
13827 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13829 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13830 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13832 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
13833 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13834 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
13835 b
->loc
->line_number
);
13837 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13840 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
13846 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13847 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13850 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13854 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13857 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13860 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13867 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13873 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13874 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13875 a ranged breakpoint. */
13878 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13879 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
13880 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
13883 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
13885 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
13887 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13889 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13890 update_global_location_list (1);
13891 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13892 "multiple locations found\n"),
13897 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13898 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13899 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13900 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13901 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13902 individual locations. */
13903 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
13908 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13910 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13912 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
13914 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
13916 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13918 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13921 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
13923 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13924 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13926 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
13927 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
13932 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13933 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13934 b
->number
, e
.message
);
13935 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
13939 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
13941 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
13943 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13947 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
13948 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
13949 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
13951 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13954 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13955 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13956 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13957 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13958 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13959 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13960 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
13962 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
13964 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
13966 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
13967 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
13969 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13970 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
13978 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13979 if (l
->function_name
13980 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
13990 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
13991 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
13993 update_global_location_list (1);
13996 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
13997 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13999 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14000 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14003 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14004 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14006 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14009 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14011 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14015 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14016 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14017 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14018 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14019 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14020 state, then user already saw the message about that
14021 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14023 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14024 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14025 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14026 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14027 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14028 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14030 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14032 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14033 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14034 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14035 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14036 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14037 which approach is better. */
14038 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14039 throw_exception (e
);
14043 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14047 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14048 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14049 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14051 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14054 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14055 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14058 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14059 b
->thread
= thread
;
14062 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14063 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14066 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14067 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14077 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14078 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14082 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14085 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14086 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14087 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14089 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14092 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14096 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14098 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14101 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14102 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14106 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14109 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14110 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14113 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14114 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14115 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14116 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14118 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14121 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14122 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14126 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14127 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14128 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
14130 char *extra_string
,
14131 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14132 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14134 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14135 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14136 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14137 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14139 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14141 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14142 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14143 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14146 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14147 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14150 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14151 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14153 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14155 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14156 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14157 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14158 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14161 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14162 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14164 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14166 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14168 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14169 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14170 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14172 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14175 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14178 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14180 static struct cleanup
*
14181 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14183 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14185 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14186 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14187 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14188 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14189 set_language (b
->language
);
14194 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14195 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14196 Unused in this case. */
14199 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14201 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14202 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14203 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14205 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14206 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14207 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14211 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14213 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14215 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14216 enum language save_language
;
14217 int save_input_radix
;
14218 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14220 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14221 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14222 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14224 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14226 /* Format possible error msg. */
14227 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14229 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14230 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14231 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14233 set_language (save_language
);
14234 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14236 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14238 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14240 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14241 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14242 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14243 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14246 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14248 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14249 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14251 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14253 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14255 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14256 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14258 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14259 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14260 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14262 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14266 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14267 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14268 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14271 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14273 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14278 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14279 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14281 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14283 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14284 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14289 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14293 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14294 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14296 else if (count
== 1)
14297 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14300 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14301 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14304 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14308 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14311 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14314 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14320 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14322 num
= get_number (&p
);
14324 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14326 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14328 set_ignore_count (num
,
14329 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14332 printf_filtered ("\n");
14335 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14336 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14339 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14344 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14346 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14349 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14351 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14353 while (!state
.finished
)
14355 char *p
= state
.string
;
14359 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14362 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14366 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14367 if (b
->number
== num
)
14370 function (b
, data
);
14374 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14379 static struct bp_location
*
14380 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14382 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14386 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14387 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14392 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14394 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14396 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14397 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14402 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14403 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14406 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14408 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14412 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14415 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14421 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14422 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14423 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14426 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14428 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14429 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14430 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14431 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14434 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14435 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14438 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14440 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14441 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14443 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14444 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14446 struct bp_location
*location
;
14448 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14449 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14452 update_global_location_list (0);
14454 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14457 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14460 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14462 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14465 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14466 disable_breakpoint. */
14469 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14471 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14475 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14479 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14481 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14482 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14483 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14485 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14487 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14493 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14495 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14496 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14497 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14498 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14500 update_global_location_list (0);
14503 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14507 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14510 int target_resources_ok
;
14512 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14515 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14516 target_resources_ok
=
14517 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14519 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14520 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14521 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14522 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14525 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14527 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14528 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
14529 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14531 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14533 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14535 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14536 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14537 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14541 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14542 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14548 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
14549 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14551 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14553 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14554 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14556 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14557 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14559 struct bp_location
*location
;
14561 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14562 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14565 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14566 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14567 update_global_location_list (1);
14569 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14574 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14576 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14580 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14582 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14585 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14586 enable_breakpoint. */
14589 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14591 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14594 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14595 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14596 in stopping the inferior. */
14599 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14603 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14605 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14606 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14607 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14609 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14611 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14617 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14619 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14620 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14621 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14622 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14624 update_global_location_list (1);
14627 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14630 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14640 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14642 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14644 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14648 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14650 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14652 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14656 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14658 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14662 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14664 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14666 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14670 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14672 int count
= get_number (&args
);
14674 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14678 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14680 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14682 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14686 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14688 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14692 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14697 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14701 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14702 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14706 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14707 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14708 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14710 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14712 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14713 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14714 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14716 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14718 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14720 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14722 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14723 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14724 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14725 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14727 value_free (wp
->val
);
14735 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14736 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14737 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14738 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14742 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14743 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
14745 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
14747 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
14749 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
14750 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
14752 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
14754 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14762 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14763 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14766 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
14768 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
14771 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
14777 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14780 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
14781 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
14783 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14786 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14787 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14792 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
14794 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
14795 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
14799 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
14800 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
14801 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
14804 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14805 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14806 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14807 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14808 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14809 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14811 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
14812 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
14813 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14814 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
14817 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14818 were inserted or not. */
14821 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14823 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
14824 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
14827 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14830 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14832 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
14834 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14836 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
14837 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
14838 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
14839 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
14841 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
14843 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
14844 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
14845 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
14846 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
14850 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14851 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14852 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14856 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14860 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14861 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14863 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14864 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
14865 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
14869 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14873 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14877 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14878 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14879 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
14880 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14883 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14887 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
14892 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14894 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
14896 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
14897 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
14905 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14906 non-zero otherwise. */
14908 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
14910 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
14911 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
14912 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
14919 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14921 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
14922 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
14924 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
14928 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
14930 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14932 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14933 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
14935 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
14937 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
14941 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
14943 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
14953 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
14954 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
14955 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
14956 const char *text
, const char *word
)
14958 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
14959 VEC (char_ptr
) *retlist
14960 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, word
, word
);
14966 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14968 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14970 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14972 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14973 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14977 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14979 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14980 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
14982 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
14983 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
14985 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14987 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14989 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14991 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14992 0 /* Ignore count */,
14993 pending_break_support
,
14997 0 /* internal */, 0);
15001 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15003 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15005 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15007 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15008 0 /* Ignore count */,
15009 pending_break_support
,
15010 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15013 0 /* internal */, 0);
15016 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15019 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15021 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15023 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15024 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15025 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
15026 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15028 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15030 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15032 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15034 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15035 0 /* Ignore count */,
15036 pending_break_support
,
15040 0 /* internal */, 0);
15043 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15044 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15046 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15047 static int next_cmd
;
15050 read_uploaded_action (void)
15054 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15061 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15062 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15063 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15064 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15065 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15067 struct tracepoint
*
15068 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15070 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15071 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15073 if (utp
->at_string
)
15074 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15077 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15078 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15079 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15081 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15082 "source location, using raw address"),
15084 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15085 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15088 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15089 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15090 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15091 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15094 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15096 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15097 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15099 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15100 0 /* Ignore count */,
15101 pending_break_support
,
15102 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15104 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15106 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15109 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15110 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15111 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15115 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15118 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15121 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15122 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15123 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15125 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15127 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15132 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15134 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15136 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15137 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15138 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15139 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15142 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15143 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15144 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15149 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15153 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15155 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15158 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15160 if (num_printed
== 0)
15162 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15163 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15165 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15168 default_collect_info ();
15171 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15172 Not supported by all targets. */
15174 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15176 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15179 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15180 Not supported by all targets. */
15182 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15184 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15187 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15189 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15191 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15197 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15199 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15200 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15201 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15203 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15204 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15206 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15210 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15212 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15214 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15215 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15216 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15220 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15223 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15226 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15228 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15229 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15231 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15232 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15235 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15237 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15238 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15239 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15242 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15244 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15245 unsigned int count
;
15247 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15248 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15249 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15251 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15253 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15254 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15256 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15258 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15260 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15262 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15264 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15265 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15268 else if (*args
== '\0')
15270 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
, 1);
15272 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15276 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15278 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15279 while (!state
.finished
)
15281 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
, 1);
15283 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15288 struct tracepoint
*
15289 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15291 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15293 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15294 if (t
->number
== num
)
15295 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15300 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15301 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15304 struct tracepoint
*
15305 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15307 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15309 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15311 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15313 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15320 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15321 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15322 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15323 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15324 struct tracepoint
*
15325 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15326 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
,
15329 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15331 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15335 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15336 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15338 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15341 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15343 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15346 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15350 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15351 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15354 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15355 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15359 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15360 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15362 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15365 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15370 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15372 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15373 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15376 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15378 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15381 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15382 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15383 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15387 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15388 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15390 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15393 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15394 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15395 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15397 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15398 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15400 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15401 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15403 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15404 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15407 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15408 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15413 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15415 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15417 /* We can stop searching. */
15424 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15428 pathname
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15429 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
15430 fp
= gdb_fopen (pathname
, "w");
15432 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15433 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15434 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15436 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15437 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15439 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15441 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15442 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15445 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15446 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15449 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15451 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15452 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15455 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15456 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15458 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15459 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15461 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15463 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
15465 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15467 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15468 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15470 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15472 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15475 throw_exception (ex
);
15477 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15480 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15481 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
15483 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15484 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15485 special, and not user visible. */
15486 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15488 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15491 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15493 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15497 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15498 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15500 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15502 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15505 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15508 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15510 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15513 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15516 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15518 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15521 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15523 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15524 all_tracepoints (void)
15526 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15527 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15529 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15531 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15538 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15539 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15540 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15542 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15543 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15544 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15545 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15546 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15547 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15548 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15549 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15550 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15551 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15552 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15554 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15555 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15557 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15558 conditions are different.\n\
15560 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15562 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15563 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15565 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15566 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15569 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15570 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
15571 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
15572 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15573 void *user_data_catch
,
15574 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15576 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15578 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15580 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15581 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15582 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15584 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15586 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15587 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15588 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15592 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
15594 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15595 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
15597 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
15598 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
15599 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
15603 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15605 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15606 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15607 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
15610 struct breakpoint
*
15611 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15614 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15616 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15618 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15625 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15626 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15629 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15631 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15632 non-inline function. */
15633 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15639 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15640 have been inlined. */
15643 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15644 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15646 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15647 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15649 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15651 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15654 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15656 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15657 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15665 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15668 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15670 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15672 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15673 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& loc
->symtab
->objfile
== objfile
)
15674 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15678 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15680 static int initialized
= 0;
15682 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15688 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15689 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15690 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15691 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15692 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15693 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15694 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15695 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15696 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15697 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
15698 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15699 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
15701 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15702 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15703 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15704 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15705 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15706 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15707 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15708 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15710 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15711 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15712 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15713 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15714 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15715 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15716 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15717 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15718 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15719 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15721 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15722 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15723 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15724 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15725 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15726 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15727 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15729 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15730 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15731 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15732 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15733 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15734 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15735 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15737 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15738 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15739 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15740 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15742 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15743 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15744 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15745 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15746 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15747 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15748 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
15751 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15752 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15753 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15754 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15755 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15756 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15757 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15758 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15759 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15760 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15761 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15762 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15763 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15765 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15766 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15767 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15768 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15769 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15770 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15771 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15772 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15773 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15774 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15775 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15778 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15779 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15780 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15781 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15782 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15783 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15784 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15785 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
15786 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15787 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
15789 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15790 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15791 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15792 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15793 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
15795 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15796 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15797 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15798 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
15799 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15800 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
15802 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15803 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15804 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15805 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15806 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15807 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15808 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15809 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15810 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15811 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15813 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15814 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15815 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15816 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15817 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15818 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15819 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15820 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15821 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15822 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15824 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15825 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15826 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15827 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
15828 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15829 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15830 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15831 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15832 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15833 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15834 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15836 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15837 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
15838 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15839 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
15840 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
15841 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
15842 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
15843 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
15844 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
15845 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
15846 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
15848 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15849 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15850 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15851 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
15852 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15853 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15854 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15855 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15856 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15857 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15858 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15859 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15861 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15862 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15863 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15864 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15865 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15866 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15867 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15870 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15872 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15875 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15877 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15879 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15881 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15882 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
15883 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15885 breakpoint_objfile_key
15886 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
15888 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15889 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL
,
15890 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
15892 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15893 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15894 before a breakpoint is set. */
15895 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15897 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15899 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15900 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15901 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15903 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15905 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
15906 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15907 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15908 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15909 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15910 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15911 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15912 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15914 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15915 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15916 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15917 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15918 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15920 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15921 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15922 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15923 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15924 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15926 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15927 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15929 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15930 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15931 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15932 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15934 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15935 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15937 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15938 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15939 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15940 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15942 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15943 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15945 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15946 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15947 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15948 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15949 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15950 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15951 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15953 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15954 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15955 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15956 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15957 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15958 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
15960 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15962 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15963 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15964 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15965 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15966 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15967 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15969 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15970 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15971 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15974 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15975 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15976 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15979 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15980 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15981 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15982 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15985 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15986 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15987 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15990 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15991 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15992 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15995 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15996 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15997 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15998 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16001 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16002 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16003 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16004 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16005 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16006 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16007 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16008 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16010 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16011 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16012 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16013 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16014 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16016 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16017 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16018 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16019 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16020 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16021 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16024 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16025 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16026 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16027 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16029 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16030 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16031 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16032 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16033 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16035 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16036 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16037 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16038 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16040 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16041 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16042 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16043 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16044 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16047 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16048 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16049 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16050 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16051 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16052 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16054 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16055 is executing in.\n\
16057 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16058 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16060 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16061 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16062 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16063 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16065 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16066 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16067 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16068 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16071 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16075 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16076 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16077 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16078 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16079 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16080 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16081 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16082 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16083 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16084 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16085 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16086 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16087 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16088 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16089 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16090 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16092 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16093 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16094 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16095 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16096 breakpoint set."));
16099 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16100 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16101 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16102 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16103 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16104 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16105 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16106 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16107 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16109 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16110 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16111 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16112 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16113 breakpoint set."));
16115 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16118 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16119 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16120 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16121 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16122 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16123 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16124 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16125 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16126 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16128 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16129 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16130 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16131 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16132 breakpoint set."));
16134 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16135 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16136 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16137 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16138 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16139 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16140 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16141 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16142 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16143 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16144 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16145 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16146 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16148 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16149 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16150 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16151 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16153 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16155 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16156 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16157 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16158 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16160 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16161 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16162 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16163 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16165 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16166 catch_fork_command_1
,
16168 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16169 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16170 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16171 catch_fork_command_1
,
16173 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16174 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16175 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16176 catch_exec_command_1
,
16180 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16181 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16182 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16183 catch_load_command_1
,
16187 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16188 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16189 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16190 catch_unload_command_1
,
16194 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16195 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16196 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16197 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16198 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16199 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16200 catch_syscall_command_1
,
16201 catch_syscall_completer
,
16205 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16206 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16207 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16208 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16209 an expression changes.\n\
16210 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16211 the memory to which it refers."));
16212 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16214 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16215 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16216 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16217 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16218 an expression is read.\n\
16219 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16220 the memory to which it refers."));
16221 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16223 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16224 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16225 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16226 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16227 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16228 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16229 the memory to which it refers."));
16230 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16232 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16233 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16235 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16236 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16237 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16238 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16239 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16240 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16241 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16242 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16243 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16246 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16247 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16249 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16251 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16253 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16254 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16256 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16257 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16258 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16260 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16261 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16262 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16263 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16265 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16266 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16268 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16269 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16270 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16272 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16273 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16275 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16276 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16277 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16278 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16279 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16280 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16281 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16282 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16283 the selected stack frame.\n\
16284 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16285 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16286 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16287 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16289 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16291 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16292 conditions are different.\n\
16294 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16295 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16296 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16298 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16299 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16300 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16301 last tracepoint set."));
16303 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16305 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16306 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16307 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16308 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16310 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16312 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16313 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16314 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16315 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16317 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16319 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16320 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16321 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16322 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16324 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16326 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16327 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16328 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16329 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16330 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16332 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16333 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16334 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16335 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16337 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16338 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16339 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16340 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16341 session to restore them."),
16343 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16345 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16346 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16347 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16349 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16351 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16352 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16354 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16355 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16356 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16357 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16358 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16359 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16360 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16361 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16362 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16363 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16364 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16365 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16367 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16368 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16369 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16370 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16371 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16372 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16373 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16374 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16376 show_pending_break_support
,
16377 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16378 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16380 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16382 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16383 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16384 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16385 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16386 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16387 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16388 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16390 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16391 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16392 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16394 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16395 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16396 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16397 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16398 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16399 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16400 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16401 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16402 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16403 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16404 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16405 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16407 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16408 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16409 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16411 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16412 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16413 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16414 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16415 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16416 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16417 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16418 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16419 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16420 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16421 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16422 be set to \"gdb\""),
16423 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16424 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16425 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16426 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16428 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16429 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16430 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16431 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16432 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16433 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16434 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16435 or the start of the range\n\
16436 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16437 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16438 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16440 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16441 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16442 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16444 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16445 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16446 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16447 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16448 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16449 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16451 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16453 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16454 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16455 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16456 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16457 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16458 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16459 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16460 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16461 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16462 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16463 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16464 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16466 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16467 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16468 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16469 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16470 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16471 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16472 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16474 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16475 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16476 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16477 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16478 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16479 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16480 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16482 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16483 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16484 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16485 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16486 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16487 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16490 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16492 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16493 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16494 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16496 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16498 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);